ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

We would like to express our gratitude to all those who have contributed towards the
successful completion of this project report titled "Study of Earthquake Resistance Analysis
and Design of a Multi-storey Building."
Firstly, we would like to thank our project supervisor Sunita Ghimire, for providing us with
the necessary guidance, expertise, and support throughout the project. Her invaluable
suggestions and constructive criticisms have been of great help in the successful completion
of this report. We would also like to extend our heartfelt thanks to the faculty members of the
Department of Civil Engineering, Pulchowk Campus, Tribhuvan University, Nepal, for their
insightful suggestions, encouragement, and guidance throughout the project duration.
We would also like to acknowledge the assistance provided by our colleagues and peers, who
have been a constant source of support and encouragement throughout this project. Their
insights and suggestions have been instrumental in shaping this report.
Finally, we would like to thank our families for their unwavering support and encouragement,
which has been the driving force behind the successful completion of this project.
In conclusion, we extend our sincere gratitude to everyone who has played a role, directly or
indirectly, in the completion of this project. We hope that this report will serve as a valuable
resource for future research in this field.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page iii
 ABSTRACT

This project report presents a study on earthquake-resistant analysis and design of a Multi-
storey building, located in a high-risk seismic zone in Nepal. The report covers a
comprehensive analysis of the building's seismic behavior using two widely used analysis
methods - Equivalent Static Method and Modal Response Spectrum Model.
The analysis includes a detailed seismic hazard assessment, dynamic analysis, and design of
the building's structural components, such as columns, beams, and slabs. The design of the
building is based on the NBC codes, including NBC-205:2017 and NBC-206:2017, and IS
codes, including IS 1893:2016, IS 13920:2016, and IS 456:2000.
The report includes a detailed study of earthquake-resistant design techniques, such as
ductility, energy dissipation, and their effectiveness in reducing the seismic vulnerability of
the building. The study concludes that the use of ductile detailing and energy dissipation
systems in the building's design improves its seismic performance and reduces the risk of
collapse during an earthquake.
The project aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of earthquake-resistant design
principles and their application in the design of Multi-storey buildings. The report can serve
as a valuable resource for civil engineering students and professionals, providing them with
practical knowledge of earthquake-resistant design principles.
The findings of this study can contribute to improving the seismic performance of buildings in
high-risk seismic zones, reducing the risk of loss of life and property during an earthquake.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page iv
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents

ABSTRACT ................................................................................................................
LIST OF TABLES .......................................................................................................
LIST OF FIGURES.....................................................................................................
LIST OF SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS...................................................................
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background.............................................................................................................1
1.2 Title and Theme of the Project Work.....................................................................2
1.3 Objective.................................................................................................................3
1.4 Scope.......................................................................................................................3
2. LITERATURE REVIEW...............................................................................................4
3. PROJECT METHODOLOGY/MATERIAL AND METHODOLOGY.........................7
3.1 Planning Phase......................................................................................................10
3.2 Load Assessment...................................................................................................15
3.3 Estimation of Load................................................................................................15
3.4 Load Combinations...............................................................................................21
3.5 Preliminary Design...............................................................................................21
3.6 Idealization of structure........................................................................................22
3.7 Modeling and Analysis of structure......................................................................25
3.8 Design Philosophy................................................................................................30
3.9 Detailing Principle for Reinforced Concrete and Steel Structures.......................33
3.10 Drawings...............................................................................................................49
4. PRELIMINARY DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS......................................50
4 LOAD CALCULATION..............................................................................................57
4.1 Slab:......................................................................................................................57
4.2 Column:.................................................................................................................65
4.3 Beam.....................................................................................................................65
4.4 Wall Load:............................................................................................................71
4.5 Truss:.....................................................................................................................74
4.6 Staircase................................................................................................................75
4.7 Lumped Mass:.......................................................................................................76
5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS........................................................................................77
5.1 Centre of mass and Centre of stiffness:................................................................77
5.2 Base Shear Comparison........................................................................................81
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page v
 5.3 Time Period Calculation.......................................................................................82
5.4 Check for Mass Participation Ratio......................................................................83
5.5 Irregularity Check.................................................................................................84
5.6 Storey drift............................................................................................................88
6 DESIGN AND DETAILING........................................................................................91
6.1 Design of Slab:......................................................................................................91
6.2 Design of beam.....................................................................................................97
6.3 Design of Column...............................................................................................117
6.4 Design of staircase..............................................................................................130
6.5 Design of basement wall.....................................................................................134
6.6 Design of shear wall............................................................................................140
6.7 Design of lift shear wall......................................................................................154
6.8 Design of Foundation:.........................................................................................159
7 Conclusion...................................................................................................................175
8 References...................................................................................................................176
ANNEX…..........................................................................................................................175
DRAWINGS.......................................................................................................................182

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page vi
 LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: Dynamic analysis cases...............................................................................................29

Table 2: Manual calculation of eccentricities............................................................................78
Table 3:Eccentricities obtained from ETABS model analysis..................................................78
Table 4: Comparison of Manual and ETABS eccentricities calculation...................................79
Table 5: Eccentricities after addition of shear walls.................................................................80
Table 6: Parameter adopted for base shear calculation.............................................................81
Table 7: Base shear calculation.................................................................................................81
Table 8: Time period calculation in X- direction......................................................................82
Table 9: Time period calculation in Y-direction.......................................................................82
Table 10 Modal Mass participation Factors..............................................................................83
Table 11: Soft storey check.......................................................................................................84
Table 12: Mass irregularity check.............................................................................................84
Table 13: Vertical Geometric Irregularity check.......................................................................85
Table 14: Torsional Irregularity check X- direction..................................................................86
Table 15: Torsional Irregularity Check Along Y direction.......................................................87
Table 16: Flexible Diaphragm Check........................................................................................87
Table 17: Storey Drift Ratio......................................................................................................88
Table 18: Slab Design Summary...............................................................................................96
Table 19: Main beam design.....................................................................................................98
Table 20: Longitudinal rebar detail in Main beam..................................................................102
Table 21: Main beam shear check...........................................................................................103
Table 22: Deflection check in Main beam..............................................................................106
Table 23: Development length check in Main beam...............................................................107
Table 24: Secondary beam design...........................................................................................108
Table 25: Longitudinal detail in secondary beam...................................................................111
Table 26: Shear check secondary in beam..............................................................................111
Table 27: Deflection check in secondary beam.......................................................................115
Table 28: Development length check in secondary beam.......................................................115
Table 29: Interior column design............................................................................................118
Table 30: Corner column design.............................................................................................123
Table 31: Vertical Rebar requirement for basement...............................................................136

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page vii
Table 32: Design checks for basement....................................................................................136
Table 33: Design summary basement......................................................................................137
Table 34: Horizontal rebar summary of basement..................................................................137
Table 35: Shear reinforcement in basement............................................................................138
Table 36: Design parameter for shear walls............................................................................140
Table 37: Reinforcement detail in shear walls........................................................................141
Table 38: Design of shear wall 43-A.......................................................................................146
Table 39: Design of shear wall 45-A.......................................................................................147
Table 40 :Design of shear wall 65-F.......................................................................................149
Table 41:Design of shear wall 7-DE.......................................................................................150
Table 42:Design of shear wall 7-DC.......................................................................................151
Table 43: Design parameter for lift shear wall........................................................................154
Table 44: Reinforcement detail in Lift shear wall...................................................................154
Table 45: Design of Lift shear wall.........................................................................................156
Table 46:Selection of suitable foundation type.......................................................................159
Table 47: Settkement of foundation under different load combination...................................164
Table 48: Safe bearing capacity...............................................................................................165
Table 49 Check for Overturning..............................................................................................166
Table 50 Check for Sliding......................................................................................................167
Table 51:Regular Reinforcement in foundation......................................................................169
Table 52: Additional reinforcement at column and shear wall area........................................169
Table 53 Parameters of Failure Plane......................................................................................170
Table 54 Punching shear ratio.................................................................................................173
Table 55: Development Length for foundation.......................................................................174

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page viii
 LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1: Definition of Irregular Buildings- Plan Irregularities................................................13

Figure 2:Response spectra for rock and soils for 5% damping.................................................19
Figure 3: Stress-Strain curve for concrete.................................................................................32
Figure 4 Building Model in ETABS.........................................................................................77
Figure 5 : Placing of Counter Shear Wall.................................................................................79
Figure 6: Torsional Irregularity.................................................................................................86
Figure 7: Storey Drift Ratio for EQx in ETABS.......................................................................89
Figure 8: Storey Drift Ratio for EQy in ETABS.......................................................................90
Figure 9: Main beam moment...................................................................................................97
Figure 10: Secondary beam moment.......................................................................................108
Figure 11: Load analysis of staircase......................................................................................131
Figure 12: Idealization of basement........................................................................................134
Figure 13: Loading and Shear force diagram of Basement wall.............................................135
Figure 14 : Region of shear Reinforcement in basement........................................................139
Figure 15: Foundation idealization..........................................................................................161
Figure 16: Loads on Foundation for Ultimate state.................................................................162
Figure 17 : Loads at serviceability Condition.........................................................................163
Figure 18: Deflected shape of foundation scale 2000:1.........................................................164
Figure 19: Shell stress M11 at collapse envelope...................................................................168
Figure 20: Column C3 with punching shear failure plane.....................................................170
Figure 21: Punching Shear Ratio safe results..........................................................................172
Figure 22 Moment Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)..................................................................177
Figure 23 Shear Force Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)............................................................178
Figure 24 Axial Force Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)............................................................179
Figure 25 Longitudinal Reinforcement...................................................................................180
Figure 26 Shear Reinforcement...............................................................................................181

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page ix
 NOTATIONS

𝑓𝑐𝑘 Compressive Strength of Concrete

𝑓𝑦 Yield Strength of Steel
𝐴𝑠𝑡 Area of Steel in Tension
𝑀 Moment
𝑉 Shear Force
𝜙 Diameter of Reinforcement Bars
𝑀11 Moment along Local 1 Axis of Element
𝑀22 Moment along Local 2 Axis of Element
𝑆11 Axial Stress along Local 1 Axis of Element
𝑅 Response Reduction Factor
𝛺 Over strength Factor
𝑃 Axial Force
𝜌 Percentage of reinforcement
𝑉𝑏 Base Shear
ℎ𝑤 Height of Wall
𝑙𝑤 Length of Wall
𝜏𝑐 Shear Strength of Concrete
𝜏𝑚𝑎𝑥 Maximum allowable shear stress in concrete
𝐽 Polar Moment of Inertia
𝐹𝑥 Force in Horizontal X direction
𝐹𝑦 Force in Horizontal Y direction
𝐹𝑧 Force in Vertical Direction
𝑒𝑥, 𝑒𝑦 Eccentricity in X and Y direction
𝑀𝑢 Moment Resistance Capacity
𝐴𝑔 Gross Area

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page x
 ABBREVIATIONS

SYMBOL Meaning
𝜶𝒙, 𝜶𝒚 BM coefficients for Rectangular Slab Panels
𝝓 Diameter of Bar, Angle of internal friction of soil
𝜹𝒎 Percentage reduction in moment
𝝉𝒄 Shear Stress in Concrete
𝝉𝒄,𝒎𝒂𝒙 Max. shear stress in concrete with shear reinforcement
𝝉𝒃𝒅 Design Bond Stress
𝝈𝒂𝒄 Permissible Stress in Axial Compression (Steel)
𝝈𝒄𝒃𝒄 Permissible Bending Compressive Strength of Concrete
Permissible Stress in Steel in Compression and
𝝈𝒔𝒄, 𝝈𝒔𝒕
Tension respectively
𝜸𝒎 Partial Safety Factor for Material
𝜸𝒇 Partial Safety Factor for Load
𝜸 Unit Weight of Material
AB Area of Each Bar
AG Gross Area of Concrete
AH Horizontal Seismic Coefficient
ASC Area of Steel in Compression
AST Area of Steel in Tension
ASV Area of Stirrups
B Width or shorter dimension in plan
BF Effective width of flange
D Effective Depth
D′ Effective Cover
D Overall Depth
DF Thickness of Flange
EX Eccentricity along x-direction
EY Eccentricity along y-direction
EC Modulus of Elasticity of Concrete
ES Modulus of Elasticity of Steel
ELX, ELY Earthquake Load along X and Y direction respectively

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page xi
 FBR Bearing stress in concrete
FCK Characteristics Strength of Concrete
FY Characteristic Strength of Steel
H Height of building
H Height of underground water tank
I Importance Factor (For Base Shear Calculation)
IXX, IYY Moment of Inertia (along x and y direction)
J Neutral Axis Depth Factor
K Coefficient of Constant or factor
𝐤𝟏 , 𝐤𝟐 , 𝐤𝟑 Coefficient for wind pressure
KA, KP Active and Passive Earth Pressure
L Length of Member
LEF Effective Length of member
LD Development Length
M Modular Ratio
M OR BM Bending Moment
NU OR PU Ultimate Axial Load on a compression member
PC Percentage of Compression Reinforcement
PT Percentage of Tension Reinforcement
PZ Wind Pressure
Q, QU Permissible and Ultimate bearing capacity of soil
QI Design Lateral Force in ith Level
SR, RMIN Slenderness Ratio, (minimum) for structural steel section
R Response Reduction Factor
Sa/g Average Response Acceleration Coefficient
SV Spacing of Each Bar
TI Torsional Moment due to Lateral Force in i-direction
TA Fundamental Natural Period of Vibrations
VB Basic wind speed
VZ Design wind speed
VB Design Seismic Base Shear
V Shear Force

WI Seismic Weight of ith Floor

WL Wind Load
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page xii
 XU Actual Depth of Neutral Axis
XUL Ultimate Depth of Neutral Axis
Z Seismic Zone Factor
CM Center of Mass
CR Center of Rigidity
D.L Dead Load
HSDB High Strength Deformed Bars
IS Indian Standard
L.L Live Load
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
SPT, N Standard Penetration Test
M25 Grade of Concrete
Fe500 Grade of Steel

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page xiii
 1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
The need for earthquake-resistant buildings in Nepal is of critical importance due to the
country's high vulnerability to earthquakes. Nepal is located at the junction of the Indian and
Eurasian tectonic plates and has a long history of devastating earthquakes, making it one of
the most seismically active countries in the world. The country has experienced several
earthquakes of magnitude 6.0 or greater in the past century, and the risk of large earthquakes
in Nepal continues to increase due to the active tectonic plate boundary that runs through the
region.

The most recent major earthquake that struck Nepal occurred in April 2015 and had a
magnitude of 7.8 on the Richter scale. The earthquake was the largest to hit the country in
over 80 years and resulted in widespread damage to buildings and infrastructure. The quake
caused 9,000 casualties, injured 22,000 people, and left hundreds of thousands of people
displaced. The financial losses due to the earthquake were estimated to be around $7 billion,
which is equivalent to almost one-third of Nepal's gross domestic product (GDP).

The lack of earthquake-resistant buildings in Nepal was a significant factor in the extent of
the damage caused by the 2015 earthquake. Many of the buildings in the country are poorly
constructed and do not meet the necessary seismic standards, making them highly vulnerable
to collapse during earthquakes. In the aftermath of the 2015 earthquake, it was estimated that
over 70% of the buildings in the affected areas were either damaged or destroyed, and a large
portion of these buildings were unreinforced masonry structures that were not designed to
withstand seismic forces.

The need for earthquake-resistant buildings in Nepal is urgent and has been recognized by the
government and international organizations. There is a growing emphasis on incorporating
seismic considerations into the design and construction of new buildings, as well as
retrofitting existing buildings to make them more earthquake-resistant. This is being achieved
through the implementation of building codes, regulations, and standards that set minimum
requirements for seismic resistance. The Nepal government has revised its building code to
include provisions for seismic resistance, and has launched a nationwide campaign to educate
builders and the public on the importance of earthquake-resistant construction.

In addition to implementing building codes and regulations, there is a growing awareness of

the importance of seismic resistance in Nepal. Many non-governmental organizations and
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 1
international aid organizations are working to promote earthquake-resistant construction and
provide training and resources to local builders and communities. This includes providing
technical assistance and funding for the retrofit of existing buildings, as well as providing
training and education on seismic design and construction practices.

In conclusion, the need for earthquake-resistant buildings in Nepal is essential in order to

reduce the risk of loss of life and property during earthquakes. The implementation of
building codes, regulations, and standards, along with increased awareness of the importance
of seismic resistance, will play a crucial role in reducing the impact of earthquakes in the
future. However, much work still needs to be done in order to promote earthquake-resistant
construction and build a more resilient and sustainable built environment in Nepal. This will
require a sustained commitment from the government, international organizations, and the
private sector to invest in the capacity of local builders and communities, as well as in the
development of seismic- resistant technologies and practices.

1.2 Title and Theme of the Project Work

The proposed project is “Earthquake Resistant Analysis and Design of Multi-Storey

Building”. Our project lies in Nepal and it lies in seismic zone ‘V’ according to its seismic
severity. Earthquake load dominates wind load and governs the lateral design loading. The
report strictly follows Indian Standards with limit state design philosophy in general. The
estimation of live and dead load could be predicted with reasonable accuracy but the loads
due to earthquake can’t be accurately predicted. So, statistical and probabilistic approaches
are resorted to, considering one of factor economy. The seismic coefficient design method as
stipulated in IS 1893:2016 is applied to analyze the building for earthquake. The 3-
dimensional moment resistance frame is considered as the main structural system of the
building.
This group under the project has undertaken the structural analysis and design of multi-storey
framed building. The main aim of the project working under this title is to acquire the
knowledge and skill to emphasis on practical application besides the utilization of analytical
methods and design approaches, exposure and application of various available codes of
practices.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 2
 1.3 Objective
The specific objectives of the project work are:
1. To analyze and design a multi-storey earthquake-resistant building.
2. To study architectural drawings and fix the structural system of the building to
carry live load, dead load, and lateral loads.
3. To calculate loads, including lateral loads, and design structural elements
based on the identified loads and load cases.
4. To determine the fundamental time period of the building using ETABS.
5. To calculate shear force and bending moment to determine the size of building
components.
6. To review analysis output and design different components, such as beams,
columns, and slabs, using the limit state method and following different
applicable codes.
7. To design the staircase, shear wall, and foundation with appropriate loading
following applicable codes.
8. To prepare final detailing of individual members and drawings applicable in
the field.

1.4 Scope
The project work aims to provide a comprehensive analysis and design of a multi-storey
earthquake-resistant building. The scope of the project includes a study of architectural
drawings and fixing the structural system of the building to carry live load, dead load, and
lateral loads. The project also involves the calculation of loads, including lateral loads, and
preliminary design of structural elements, as well as the identification of loads and load cases.
The project requires the familiarity with different software for the structural analysis of the
building, specifically ETABS for different cases of loads. Determination of the fundamental
time period by ETABS is also necessary. Calculation of shear force and bending moment is
crucial in determining the size of the building components.

Furthermore, the project requires a review of analysis output for the design of different
components, such as beam, column, and slab, by limit state method while following different
applicable codes. The project also includes the design of staircase, shear wall, and foundation

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 3
with appropriate loading following applicable codes, as well as final detailing of individual
members and preparation of drawing to be applicable in the field.
The field scope of the project involves the construction of Multi-storey buildings, which is
crucial in accommodating people who come to the city in search of a better life, particularly
in a developing nation such as Nepal. The project also takes into account the challenges in
construction due to the lack of availability of materials, proper transportation, and other
factors.
Considering that Nepal is an earthquake-prone area, the project emphasizes the importance of
seismic design of buildings to counteract the loss of lives and property.

1.5 Literature Review

All engineering designs are based on past knowledge and experience. Either we perform a
conservative design or introduce entirely new concepts, it becomes necessary to support or
justify our actions with reference to pre-existing knowledge. This project, having a
conventional design approach, is invariably based on certain established practices. The
literatures relevant to this project are discussed below.

1. Nepal National Building Code (NBC 000-1994)

This code aims to standardize building construction practices in a way that is practicable in
the Nepalese context. But its development is relatively recent and it still lacks many
documents (codes) required to support it. To compensate for this unavailability, the code
frequently refers to Indian Standard codes. This code has classified the sophistication in
design and construction into the following four types:

 International state-of-art
 Professionally engineered structures
 Buildings of restricted size designed to simple rules-of-thumb
 Remote rural buildings where control is impractical

This project belongs to type-III according to this classification. Furthermore, this code allows
the use of international codes provided their use also meets the NBC requirements. Hence,
using IS codes for this project is justified.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 4
2. Indian Standard (IS) codes

The following IS codes shall be referred to in particular:

i. IS 456: 2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete – Code of Practice.

This code forms the main basis for the design of RCC structures in this region. It includes the
design of structural elements such as beams, columns, slabs, staircase and footings. It also
mentions the design criteria for limit states of flexure, shear, compression and torsion and for
limit states of serviceability (i.e., deflection and cracking).

ii. IS 875: 1987 (Reaffirmed 1997) Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other
than Earthquake) for Building and Structures

Part 1: Dead Loads – Unit Weights of Building Materials and Stored Materials

Part 2: Imposed Loads

Part 5: Special Loads and Combinations

The codes provide information for estimation of design loads on the structures. The part-1
provides the unit weights of several construction materials as well as the materials that are
commonly stored in building. The part-2 presents data for live loads that may be assumed for
various building types; it does not deal with the loads occurring in the construction phase and
those caused due to special vibrations. Part-5 deals with load effects due to temperature, earth
pressure, hydrostatic pressures etc. It also prescribes various load combinations. Parts 3 and 4
deal with wind and snow loads and are not relevant to the present design.

iii. IS 1893(Part 1): 2016 Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures (Part 1:
General Provisions and Buildings)

This code deals with the assessment of seismic loads on various structures and design of
earthquake resistant design of buildings. It deals with the mechanics of seismic engineering
insofar as it is concerned with the methods of determining seismic loads and the effects
various irregularities in a building can have upon its seismic response.

iv. IS 13920: 2016 (Code of practice for ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures
subjected to seismic forces)

This standard provides the requirement for designing and detailing of members of reinforced
concrete (RC) structures designed to resist lateral effects of earthquake shaking, so as to give
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 5
them adequate stiffness, strength and ductility to resist severe earthquake shaking without
collapse. These standards address lateral load resisting structural systems of RC structures
composed of,
a. RC moment resisting frames,
b. RC moment resisting frames with unreinforced masonry infill walls,
c. RC moment resisting frames with RC structural walls, and
d. RC structural walls.
3. Bureau of Indian Standards Special Publications (SP)
SP 16: Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456-1978

This handbook explains the use of formulae mentioned in IS 456 and provides several design
charts (for rectangular cross-sections) which can greatly expedite the design process if done
manually. This shall be particularly useful in the preliminary design.

4. Textbooks on RCC Design, Earthquake Engineering and other books

i. Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design (Jain A.K.)
This textbook has been written in the Indian context and they present the practice as laid
down by IS 456, SP 16 and SP 24 in a pedagogical manner.
ii. Design of reinforced concrete structures (Subramanian, Narayanan)
iii. Earthquake-resistant design of structures (Duggal, S. K)
Structural dynamics forms the very basis of earthquake engineering. These books present the
subject in detail, with adequate explanations and examples, which will be essential in
understanding the seismic codes.

5. Old Reports on the same subject

The report prepared by different past year student group helps to find the procedure that is
involved for the design and analysis of structural components.

6. Structure Design of R.C.C. Building Component

It helps to study the stepwise process for the analysis and the design of R.C.C. buildings.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 6
 2. METHODOLOGY

In Nepal, design of buildings is mainly based upon the guidelines provided by the Nepal
National Building Codes: 000- 1994. NBC codes are designed referring to IS codes and are
less detailed and extensive comparing to IS code. So, it permits use of IS code for design such
that building fulfills requirement of NBC codes on doing so. In this project, we are going to
use IS codes which follows limit state design method.
Limit state design has been originated from ultimate or plastic design. The object of design
based on the limit state concept is to achieve an acceptable probability that a structure will not
become unserviceable in its lifetime for the use of which it is intended, i.e., it will not reach the
limit state. A structure with appropriate degrees of reliability should be able to withstand safely
all the loads that are liable to act on it through-out its life and it should satisfy the
serviceability requirements. The three different design formats used in the limit states are;
Multiple Safety Factor Format, Load and Resistance Factor Design Format and the Partial
Safety Factor Format. All the relevant limit states must be considered in design to ensure an
adequate degree of safety and serviceability.

The analysis and design of the building will be carried out following these steps:

Firstly, the design and analysis require knowledge of RCC which is studied at 7th semester
along with knowledge and understanding from all previous semester. The “Earthquake
resistant design of structure” is studied on 8th semester which is needed for analysis of seismic
performance of building. Secondly, before commencing the project, essential software like
ETABS, AutoCAD, SAFE, etc. are learned. Thirdly, after choosing the building for analysis,
the proposal is created and submitted to the supervisor. Architectural drawings of the selected
building are obtained and studied in-depth. Fourthly, after the proposal is approved, the
detailed design process begins with the following steps:

- Analyzing the provided architectural drawing, modifying it as per the Supervisor's guidance
to make an economic seismic resistant design.

- Estimation and idealization of loads, such as dead load and live load, are done based on
Indian Standard Code of Practice IS:875-1987 for Design Loads for Buildings and Structures.

- Estimation of seismic load is based on IS: 1893-2016 for Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structures, Part 1 while IS:13920-2016 is referred to for reinforcement detailing.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 7
- Preliminary design is done to determine the approximate shape and size of structural
members based on the deflection control criteria provided in codes. The ETABS software is
used for modeling and analyzing the structure based on the Finite Element Method.

- All calculations for the design are based on IS: 456-2000 and IS: 13920-2016, along with the
textbooks [Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design (Jain A.K., Design of reinforced
concrete structures (Subramanian, Narayanan), Earthquake-resistant design of
structures (Duggal, S. K)] and design aids (Indian Standard Special Publications SP 16,
SP 22, SP 24 and SP 34)

- The final outcome of the analysis and design process is the structural drawing, including
detailed ductile detailing of the reinforcement bars.

- Required modifications are made to the provided architectural drawing, such as the size of
structural members and partition walls, and all drawings are printed in an appropriate format
for inclusion in the final report.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 8
 Study of
Architecture
Drawing

IS: 456:2000 Preliminary Design of

IS: 875 Structural Member

- Geometrical
and material
properties input
Manual Calculation ETABS Model - FE Modeling
- Loading
- Load
Combinations
-Base Shear
-Drift Check No
-Displacement Seismic
Check Analysis
-Torsional
Irregularity
(IS: 1893:2016) Yes
Check Structural Irregularity

Calculate Forces

Check for
shear,
development Verify No
length, members
reinforcement passed
and others

Yes
IS: 456:2000 Design and Detailing of
IS: 13920:2016 Structural Members

Preparation of detail drawings

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 9
 2.1 Planning Phase
Planning of building is grouping and arrangement of different component of a building so as
to form a homogenous body which can meet all its function and purposes. Proper orientation,
safety, healthy, beautiful and economic construction are the main target of building planning.
It is done based on the following criteria:

2.1.1 Functional Planning

• Client requirement is the main governing factor for the allocation of space required
which is based upon its purposes. Thus, demand, economic status and taste of owner
features the plan of building.
• Building design should favor with the surrounding structures and weather.
• Building is designed remaining within the periphery of building codes, municipal
bylaws and guidelines.

It is carried out in two steps in detail as below.

2.1.1.1 Planning of Space and Facilities

The layout of the building plan was prepared and finalized as per client requirements.
For vertical mobility, doglegged staircase is provided.
All other functional amenities are only used for load assessment and ignoring their aesthetic
and functional planning which is beyond the scope of this project.

2.1.1.2 Architectural planning of 3D framework of Building

The building to be designed is a multi-storey RCC office building. For reinforced concrete
frames, a grid layout of beams is made considering the above functional variables. In most of
grid intersection points, columns are placed.
This framework for each floor is then utilized with positioning of masonry wall between the
columns. Separation of individual commercial spaces is done with masonry wall.
A total of 36 numbers of columns are provided. The overall dimension of the building is 100’
2.75”*100’2.75” without any provision of expansion joint, the justification for which is
presented in detail in following subheadings.
Arrangement of beams is done along the grid interconnecting the columns at grid
intersections. With this framework of beam and column having RCC slab in the floor and
roof, architectural planning of the building is complete and 3D framework is thus complete.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 10
 2.1.1.3 Compliance to Municipal By-Laws
All the functional planning of building is done conforming to Municipal By-Laws of
Kathmandu Metropolitan City for Urbanized and urbanizing localities. Specific points in the
by-laws that need special focus of designer are:
• Type of Building
• Land Area Available
• Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
• Maximum Ground Coverage (GCR)
• Maximum height of the building, etc.
These variables are also dictated by specific location of site in different wards. Building
height is a restricted by the position of widest road along the site and the light plane of 63.50
between the top of the building and the centerline of the road.
This completes the overall functional planning of the building with coverage of maximum
number of variables in preliminary stage planning.

2.1.2 Structural Planning

The four main desirable attributes of an earthquake resistant building are:

a. Robust structural configuration
b. At least a minimum elastic lateral stiffness,
c. At least a minimum lateral strength,
d. Adequate ductility

Buildings with simple regular geometry and uniformly distributed mass and stiffness in plan
and in elevation, suffer much less damage than buildings with irregular configurations. All
efforts shall be made to eliminate irregularities by modifying architectural planning and
structural configurations.

The building system is functionally and legally planned appropriately following the codal
provisions. Our focus in the current section is the structural orientation of the building in
horizontal and vertical plane avoiding irregularities mentioned in IS 1893 (part 1):2016.

The following types of irregularities mentioned in Table 4 & 5 of IS 1893 (part 1):2016
should be avoided as far as practicable during functional planning.

2.1.2.1 Plan Irregularities

1. Torsion Irregularity

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 11
Usually, a well-proportioned building does not twist about its vertical axis, when

a. The stiffness distribution of the vertical elements resisting lateral loads is balances in
plan according to the distribution of mass in plan (at each storey level); and
b. The floor slabs are stiff in their own plane.

A building is said to be torsionally irregular if:

Maximum horizontal displacement of any floor in the direction of lateral force at one end of
floor is more than 1.5 times its minimum horizontal displacement at the far end of the same
floor in that direction.

2. Re-entrant corners

A building is said to have reentrant corner in any plan direction, when its structural
configuration in plan has a projection of size greater than 15% of its overall plan dimension
in that direction.

3. Diaphragm Discontinuity

A building is said to have discontinuity in their in-plane stiffness, when floor slabs have cut-
outs or openings of area more than 50 percent of the full area of the floor slab.

4. Out of plane Offsets

A building is said to have out plane offset in vertical elements, when structural walls or
frames are moved out of plane in any storey along the height of the building.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 12
5. Non-parallel Lateral force Systems: A building is said to have non-parallel system
when the vertically oriented structural systems resisting lateral forces are not oriented along
the two principal orthogonal axes in plan.

Figure 1: Definition of Irregular Buildings- Plan Irregularities

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 13
 2.1.3 Vertical Irregularities

1. Stiffness Irregularity –Soft Storey

A building is said to have soft storey if;

a. Ratio of stiffness of lower storey to upper storey is less than 0.7.

b. Ratio of lower storey to average of upper three storey is less than 0.8.

2. Mass irregularity

Mass irregularity shall be considered to exist, when the seismic weight of any floor is more
than 150 percent of that of the floors below.

3. Vertical Geometric Irregularity

Vertical geometric irregularity shall be considered to exist, when the horizontal dimension of
the lateral force resisting system in any storey is more than 125 percent of the storey below.

4. In-plane discontinuity

In plane discontinuity in vertical elements which are resisting lateral force shall be considered
to exist, when in-plane offset of the lateral force resisting elements is greater than 20 percent
of the plan of those elements.

5. Strength Irregularity- Weak Storey

A weak storey is a storey whose lateral strength is less than that of the storey above.

6. Irregular modes of oscillation in two principal plan directions

A building is said to have lateral storey irregularity in a principal plan direction, if

a. The first three modes contribute less than 65 percent mass participation factor in each
principal plan direction.
b. The fundamental lateral natural periods of the building in two principal plan
directions are closer to each other by 10 percent of the larger value.

The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being
designed will perform satisfactorily during their intended service life. With an appropriate
degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and deformations of normal construction
and use and have adequate durability.

Structural planning of the building is done over the proposed architectural plan for providing
and preserving the structural integrity of the entire building. This is dealt in detail for each
structural element with necessary justification.
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 14
 Finalized structural plan is then employed for load assessment and preliminary design of
structural members for modeling in ETABS.

2.2 Load Assessment

Once the detailed architectural drawing of building is drawn, the buildings subjected to
different load are found out and the calculations of load are done. The loads on building are
categorized as below
a. Gravity load

This includes the self-weight of the building such as structural weight, floor finish, partition
wall, other household appliances, etc. To assess these loads, the materials to be used are
chosen and their weights are determined based on Indian standard code of practice for design
loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures:

i. IS 875 (part I):1987 Dead Loads

ii. IS 875 (part II):1987 Imposed Loads
b. Lateral load:

Lateral load includes wind load and earthquake load. Wind load acts on roof truss while an
earthquake act over the entire structure. Wind load calculation is based on IS 875 (part
III):1987 and earthquake on IS 1893 (part I):2016.

The earthquake is an unpredictable natural phenomenon. Nobody knows the exact timing and
magnitude of such loads. Seismic loads are to be determined essentially to produce an
earthquake resistant design. Since the probable maximum earthquake occurrence is not
frequent, designing building for such earthquake isn’t practical as well as economically
prudent. Instead, reliance is placed on kinetic dissipation in the structure through plastic
deformation of elements and joints and the design forces are reduced accordingly. Thus, the
philosophy of seismic design is to obtain a no-collapse structure rather than no-damage
structure.

2.3 Estimation of Load

It is most important step in structural design. Proper recording of them required for confusion
free analysis.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 15
2.3.1 Dead loads:

i. Calculate the weight of those elements of building whose dimensions are fixed
already from functional considerations and can be worked out carefully. These are
generally non-structural elements and of parapets, rooftop, railings etc.
ii. From pre design, calculate weight of structural elements such as beam, column, slab
etc.
iii. Put all loads systematically on sketches, say plan wise, showing their gravity lines
with reference to column center-lines.

2.3.2 Live loads:

Select live load intensity occupancy-wise as applicable for slabs and beams from the code and
write this on plan. The reduction of live load intensities for the number of storey in the
columns and that for calculating earthquake loads may be considered in the calculations later.
2.3.3 Seismic or earthquake loads:

Earthquake or seismic load on a building depends upon its geographical location, lateral
stiffness and mass, and is reversible.
IS: 1893- 2016 was followed for the calculation of the earthquake loads, which specifies two
methods viz.
a) Equivalent Static method, and
b) Dynamic Analysis method
Dynamic analysis method can be performed in three ways:
1. Response Spectrum method
2. Modal time history method, and
3. Time history method
Equivalent Static Method:

The equivalent static method the response of the structure in the case of dynamic loading are
replaced by the static load at various levels to approximately represent the magnitude and
direction of the dynamic loading as in the case of earthquakes. The concentrated lateral force
due to dynamic loading occur at floor or ceiling level where the concentration of mass is
highest.

The equivalent static method or seismic coefficient method is generally applicable to general
building up to 15 m in height in seismic zone II.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 16
Equivalent static method may be used for analysis of regular structure with approximate
natural period Ta less than 0.4s.

As per this method, first the design base shear VB is computed for the building as a whole.
Then the VB is distributed at various floor levels at the corresponding center of mass after
which the design seismic force is distributed to individual lateral load resisting elements
through the structural analysis considering the floor diaphragm action.

The design base Shear VB along any principal direction of the building is determined by:

Base Shear (Vb) = Ah * W

Where,

Ah = Design horizontal acceleration spectrum

W = Seismic weight of building

𝑍 𝑆𝑎

𝐴ℎ = ( ) 𝑥 ( )
2 𝑔
𝑅
𝐼
Where, Z= Zone factor, From Table 3 clause 6.4.2

I = Importance factor, Table 8 clause 7.2.3

R= Response reduction factor

Sa/g= Structural response factor

The fundamental time period of the vibration,

0.075ℎ0.75 0.09ℎ
𝑇𝑎 = ≥
√𝐴𝑤 √𝑑

𝑁𝑤
𝐴𝑤 𝐿𝑤𝑖
= ∑[𝐴𝑤𝑡 {0.2 + ( )2}]
ℎ
𝑖=1

h = height of building as defined in CL 7.6.2(a), in m;

Awi = effective cross-sectional area of wall in first storey of building, in m2;

Lwi= length of structural wall i in first storey in the considered direction of lateral
forces, in m;

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 17
d = base dimension of the building at the plinth level along the considered direction of
earthquake shaking, in m; and

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 18
 Nw = number of walls in the considered direction of earthquake shaking.

The design base shear VB is distributed along the height of the building as:
𝑊𝑖 ℎ𝑖2
𝑄 =[ ] 𝑉𝐵
𝑖 𝑛 𝑊 ℎ2
∑𝑖=1 𝑖 𝑖

Where, 𝑄𝑖 = Design lateral force at floor i;

𝑊𝑖 = Seismic weight of the floor i;

ℎ𝑖 = height of the floor i measured from the base;

𝑛 = number of stories in the building, that is number of levels at which masses are
located.

Response spectra
The representation of the maximum response of idealized single degree of freedom system
having certain period of vibration and damping during given earthquake is referred to as
response spectrum. The maximum response, that is, maximum absolute acceleration,
maximum relative velocity or maximum relative displacement of single degree of freedom
system is plotted against the damped natural period and for various damping values.

The seismic analysis can be performed using design spectrum given in below figure; which is
based on strong motion records of eight earthquakes in India.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 19
 3
Rocky or Hard Soil
Medium Stiff Soil
Soft Soil

2
Sa/g

0
0 2 4 6
Natural Period T (s)
Figure 2:Response spectra for rock and soils for 5% damping

An elastic response spectrum has been proposed for Maximum Considered Earthquake
(MCE), which is divided by factor 2 to get Design Basis Earthquake (DBE) and again by
factor R to get inelastic response spectra. MCE is a very rare event which has a 2%
probability of being exceeded in 50 years. DBE is that earthquake which has reasonably been
expected to occur at least once during design life of structure and has a 10% probability of
being exceeded in 50 years. The intention is to let the designer know about the whole
scenario of elastic and inelastic response spectra and also to know the need of providing
ductility in structure.

The seismic analysis can be performed using design spectrum. Response spectrum method is
dynamic analysis used for the analysis of seismic loads for unsymmetrical buildings.

Base Shear (Vb) = Ah * W

Where,

Ah = Design horizontal acceleration spectrum

W = Seismic weight of building

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 20
 𝑍 𝑆𝑎

𝐴ℎ = ( ) 𝑥 ( )
2 𝑔
𝑅
𝐼

Where, Z= Zone factor, From Table 3 clause 6.4.2

I = Importance factor, Table 8 clause 7.2.3

R= Response reduction factor

Sa/g= Structural response factor

The fundamental time period of the vibration,

0.075ℎ0.75 0.09ℎ
𝑇𝑎 = ≥
√𝐴𝑤 √𝑑

𝑁𝑤
𝐴𝑤 𝐿𝑤𝑖
= ∑[𝐴𝑤𝑡 {0.2 + ( )2}]
ℎ
𝑖=1

h = height of building as defined in CL 7.6.2(a), in m;

Awi = effective cross-sectional area of wall in first storey of building, in m2;

Lwi= length of structural wall i in first storey in the considered direction of lateral
forces, in m;

d = base dimension of the building at the plinth level along the considered direction of
earthquake shaking, in m; and

Nw = number of walls in the considered direction of earthquake shaking.

Dynamic analysis shall be performed in accordance to clause 7.7, IS: 1893-2016.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 21
2.4 Load Combinations
Combinations of different loads are based on IS 875 (part V):1987 Load combinations.

1) 1.5 DL
2) 1.5(DL + LL)
3) 1.2 (DL + LL ± EQx)
4) 1.2 (DL + LL ± EQy)
5) 1.5 (DL ± EQx)
6) 1.5 (DL ± EQy)
7) 0.9 DL±1.5 EQx
8) 0.9 DL ± 1.5 EQy
For considering eccentricity in building, additional load combinations are considered in
which EQ is replaced with EQ±e.

2.5 Preliminary Design

Before proceeding for load calculation, Preliminary size of slabs, beams and columns and the
type of material used are decided. Preliminary Design of structural member is based on the IS
Code provisions for slab, beam, column, wall, staircase and footing of serviceability criteria
for deflection control and failure criteria in critical stresses arising in the sections at ultimate
limit state i.e., Axial loads in the columns, Flexural loads in slab and beams, etc. Appropriate
sizing is done with consideration to the fact that the preliminary design based on gravity loads
is required to resist the lateral loads acting on the structure. The following remarks will be
helpful in choosing the sections:

a. Too many variations in the sizes of beam and columns, width and depth are not desirable
from both aesthetic and economical point of view. Minimum dimensions of 200mm for
small spans and 230mm~ 300mm for large spans may be set for structural members.
b. Richer concrete mixes can be used in lower storey elements to avoid frequent change in
sections. Some size variation can also be avoided by reducing column steel upwards in
building.
c. Frequently column steel may be at odds with the longitudinal steel of beams crossing it
from one or more directions. Also cover required differs. It may be useful to keep column
wider than the beam and the number of bars be kept even in column and odd in beam or
vice-versa so that bars pass uninterruptedly.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 22
 d. Narrow-deep beams may show shrinkage, temperature cracking in web and also lateral
buckling if laterally unsupported. This should be considered in surface reinforcement
detailing and ensuring lateral support on the compression face at less than 25*b, b being
beam breadth, where the effective depth of beam exceeds 3 times of b.
e. At the preliminary design stage, calculation of reinforcement may be excessive, but it will
be good to know the maximum steel required to check that it lies within a reasonable
percentage of the concrete section and can be located in it without congestion.

Normally preliminary size will be decided considering following points:

• Slab: The thickness of the slab is decided on the basis of span/d ratio assuming
appropriate modification factor.
• Beam: The depth is generally taken as 1/12-1/15 of the span. The width of beam is taken
½ to 2/3rd of the depth of the beam.
• Column: Size of column depends upon the moments from the both direction and the axial
load. Preliminary Column size may be finalized by approximately calculation of axial
load and moments.

The sections worked out as a result of preliminary design should be now recorded, discussed
with the architect and finalized before undertaking the further final analysis which is more
time consuming as well as more expensive.

The approximate dimensions of structural elements were determined in preliminary design so

that they act as guidelines in analysis and aid to make final design safe and economical.

2.6 Idealization of structure

2.6.1 Idealization of support

It deals with the fixity of the structure at the foundation level. In more detail terms, this
idealization is adopted to assess the stiffness of soil bearing strata supporting the foundation.
Although the stiffness of soil is finite in reality and elastic foundation design principles
address this property to some extent, our adoption of rigid foundation overlooks it. Elastic
property of soil is addressed by parameters like Modulus of Elasticity, Modulus of Subgrade
reaction, etc.

Idealization of support is done in the light of assessing the fixity of structure at the foundation

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 23
level. Columns are assumed to be fully fixed at the raft surface with raft underneath
supporting

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 24
 the load of the superstructure. Plinth beams are provided at a certain height from the existing
ground surface as a means of tying the columns and also serve as Damp Proof Course (DPC).

2.6.2 Idealization of load

The load acting on the clear span of a beam should include floor or any types of loads acting
over the beam on the tributary areas bounded by 45 lines from the corner of the panel i.e.,
0

Yield line theory is followed. Thus, triangular or trapezoidal types of load act on the beam.

2.6.3 Idealization of joint constraints

Joints are defined with constraints to serve as rigid floor diaphragm at individual floor level.
Due to this definition of joints, the slabs subjected to lateral loads behave in in plane action of
thin shell and hence act as rigid floor diaphragm.

2.6.4 Idealization of Structural system

Initially individual structural elements like beam, column, slab, staircase, footing, etc. are
idealized. Once the individual members are idealized, the whole structural system is idealized
to behave as theoretical approximation for first order linear analysis and corresponding
design. Main beam elements though cast integrally with the slab are idealized to serve as
rectangular beams. This is done considering the fact that during the reversal of load in
seismic loading, concrete is subjected to tension on both the top and bottom faces. This
tensile stress induced at the flange renders the concrete unfit for taking load.

However, the secondary beams are idealized to behave as hinged beams with partial fixity at
the supports. The effect of earthquake load is not seen in secondary beam and only gravity
load dictates design. For this reason, secondary beam is idealized as flanged beam.

Various general assumptions have been made in analysis and design of the structures, for
consideration of simplicity and economy, viz.:

1. Tensile strength of concrete is ignored.

2. Shrinkage and temperature strength are negligible.
3. Adhesion between concrete and steel is adequate to develop full strength.
4. Seismic and wind load do not occur simultaneously.
5. Centerlines of beams, columns and shear walls are concurrent everywhere.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 25
 The building is idealized as unbraced space frame. This 3D space frame work is modeled in
ETABS for analysis. Loads are modeled into the structure in several load cases and load
combination.

2.6.5 Idealization of Slabs

Idealization of slab element is done in earthquake resistant design to perform as a rigid floor
diaphragm. This idealization is done for the slab to behave as a thin shell element subjected to
out-of-plane bending only under the action of gravity loads. Due to infinite in-plane stiffness
of the shell element, lateral loads are not taken by the floor slab and hence resisted
completely by the columns. Hence, such an idealized slab is then modeled in ETABS2018
program for analysis.

2.6.6 Idealization of Staircase

Open welled staircase used in the building is idealized to behave as simply supported slabs,
supported on beams at the floor and landing levels. This idealization helps us analyze the
staircase slab in strips subjected to distributed loading on the landing strip and going of the
slab. Detailing rules are then followed to address the negative bending moment that are
induced on the joint of going and top flight in the staircase, the rigorous analysis of which is
beyond or scope. Staircase being an area element is also assumed not to be a part of the
integral load bearing frame structure. The loads from staircase are transferred to the supports
as vertical reactions and moments.

2.6.7 Idealization of Beam and Column

Beam column idealization is one of the most critical aspects of structural idealization to
achieve the desired behavior of the overall integrated structure. Beams and columns are
idealized to behave as linear elements in 3D. Beam column joints in the structural planning
are assumed to behave as perfectly rigid joints. In reality, perfectly rigid joints do not exist.
Effects of partial fixity can be addressed in modeling by rigorous analysis of sectional and
material properties, which is beyond the limits of this project. Assumptions of rigid joints are
also found to perform well in nature, seen from years of practice. Main beam and secondary
beam joints are idealized as hinged joints owing to the detailing adopted in such joints. Hinge
beam assumption can have two impacts on structural behavior of secondary beams. Firstly,
lateral loads aren’t transferred to the secondary beams from main beams and hence they can

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 26
be idealized as flanged sections.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 27
 Secondly, hinge connection at their extremities lets us address the partial fixity of the beams
in taking moments due to gravity loads.

Another idealization is addressing the section of main beam as rectangular in shape despite
being integrally connected with the slabs. The flange portions of these beams when subjected
to reversal of loading during earthquakes become ineffective in taking the tension induced in
them and hence, we ignore their contribution in design.

2.7 Modeling and Analysis of structure

2.7.1 Salient Features of ETABS

ETABS represents one of the most sophisticated and user-friendly release of SAP series of
computer programs. Creation and modification of the model, execution of the analysis, and
checking and optimization of the design are all done through this single interface. Graphical
displays of the results, including real-time display of time-history displacements are easily
produced.

The finite element library consists of different elements out of which the three-dimensional
FRAME element was used in this analysis. The Frame element uses a general, three-
dimensional, beam-column formulation which includes the effects of biaxial bending, torsion,
axial deformation, and biaxial shear deformations.

Structures that can be modeled with this element include:

• Three-dimensional frames
• Three-dimensional trusses
• Planar frames
• Planar grillages
• Planar trusses
A Frame element is modeled as a straight line connecting two joints. Each element has its
own local coordinate system for defining section properties and loads, and for interpreting
output. Each Frame element may be loaded by self-weight, multiple concentrated loads, and
multiple distributed loads. End offsets are available to account for the finite size of beam and
column intersections. End releases are also available to model different fixity conditions at
the ends of the element. Element internal forces are produced at the ends of each element and
at a user specified number of equally-spaced output stations along the length of the element.
Loading options allow for gravity, thermal and pre-stress conditions in addition to the

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 28
usual nodal

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 29
 loading with specified forces and or displacements. Dynamic loading can be in the form of a
base acceleration response spectrum, or varying loads and base accelerations.

2.7.2 Input and Output

The design of earthquake resistant structure should aim at providing appropriate dynamic and
structural characteristics so that acceptable response levels result under the designed
earthquake. The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures
being designed will perform satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate
degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads, deformations of normal construction, use;
have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of misuse and fire.

The building is modeled as a 3D bare frame. Results from analysis are used in design of
beams and columns only (i.e., linear elements). ETABS doesn’t design shell elements. Joints
are defined with constraints to serve as rigid floor diaphragm and hence slabs are designed
manually as effect of seismic load is not seen on slab. The linear elements are also designed
primarily by hand calculation to familiarize with hand computation and exude confidence
where we are unable to trust fully on design results of ETABS. This has been done as we are
quite unfamiliar with fundamentals of FEM analysis techniques based on which the software
package performs analysis and gives results.

As we are working with a computer-based system, the importance of data input is as

important as the result of output derived from analysis. Hence with possibility of garbage-in-
garbage-out, we need to check our input parameters in explicit detail.

Material properties are defined for elements in terms of their characteristic strength i.e., M25
for slabs, beams and columns. Also, section properties are defined as obtained from
preliminary design. Loading values are input as obtained from IS 875. Loading combination
based on IS 875 (part V):1987 and IS 1893 (part 1):2016 for ultimate limit state and IS
456:2000 for serviceability limit state is prepared. An envelope load case of all load
combinations is prepared to provide us with the envelope of stresses for design.

The design moments, shear forces, axial forces and torsions are taken as computed by
computer software program “ETABS” for the worst possible combinations and number of
hand calculations are done as to verify the reliability of the design results suggested by the
software.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 30
2.7.3 Structural Analysis Procedure:

1. Base Shear Calculation

• First, all the loads acting on the floor are determined.

• The lumped seismic weights of the floor are determined with load reduction factors
accompanied with codal provisions.
Seismic Weight = Total dead load + (25% or 50%) of live
Total dead load = Floor wt. + Beam wt. + Half column wt. (from lower and upper part
of slab) +Half wall weight (from lower and upper part of slab)
• The total seismic weight multiplied by seismic base coefficient gives the seismic base
shear of the structure.

Base shear (Vb) = WT *Ah from cl. 7.6.1. pg. 21

The shear is then distributed among the floor respective to their load. From cl. 7.6.3.
𝑊𝑖 ℎ𝑖2
𝑄 =[ ] 𝑉𝐵
𝑛 𝑊ℎ
2
𝑖
∑ 𝑖=1 𝑖 𝑖

Where, 𝑄𝑖 = Design lateral force at floor i;

𝑊𝑖 = Seismic weight of the floor i;

ℎ𝑖 = height of the floor i measured from the base;

• 𝑛 = number of stories in the building, that is number of levels at which masses are
located.
• The shear forces calculated manually and with ETABS is then compared which is
processed further if the error lies within the percentage of 5.
2. Check for Eccentricity (COM/COR)

Eccentricity in Center of mass (COM) and center of rigidity (COR) causes torsion effect in
the building. As Earthquake load acts through the COM, the force creates torsion force
rotating the building about COR axis. Thus, eccentricity of the building must be brought to
about 5% to reduce such effect and building vibrates in the direction of earthquake.

The COM and COR coordinates of the structure along both principal axes are derived with
the EABS analysis. The eccentricity between them is then checked to 5%.

3. Check for Torsional Irregularity

A building is said to be torsionally irregular if:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 31
Maximum horizontal displacement of any floor in the direction of lateral force at one end of
floor is more than 1.5 times its minimum horizontal displacement at the far end of the same
floor in that direction.

The maximum and minimum displacement in each floor is given from ETABS with the joint
displacements data and the ratio is then checked.

In torsionally irregular buildings, when the ratio of maximum horizontal displacement at one
end and the maximum horizontal displacement at the other end is

• In the range of 1.5-2.0 a) the building configuration should be revised to ensure that
the natural period of the fundamental torsional mode of oscillation shall be smaller
than those of the first two translational modes along each of the principal plan
directions, and then

b) Three-dimensional dynamic analysis method shall be adopted;

• More than 2.0, the building configuration shall be revised.

4.Check for Stiffness Irregularity

A soft storey is that storey whose lateral stiffness is less than that of the storey above.
A building is said to have soft storey if;

i. Ratio of stiffness of lower storey to upper storey is less than 0.7.

ii. Ratio of lower storey to average of upper three storeys is less
than 0.8.

The stiffness calculated with ETABS is tabulated and then checked. A graph is plotted which
must show that stiffness of bottom storey to be highest and decreasing gradually but not
increasing to particular extent.

5. Check for Mass Irregularity

Mass irregularity shall be considered to exist, when the seismic weight of any floor is more
than 150 percent of that of the floors below.

In buildings with mass irregularity and located in Seismic zones III, IV, and V, the
earthquake effects shall be estimated by Dynamic Analysis Method (as per 7.7).

6. Drift Analysis

The relative inter-storey horizontal displacement is referred to as storey drift.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 32
A limitation on storey drift is necessary to avoid discomfort to occupants of the building and
to save non-structural elements from damage. A drift of 0.004 times or 0.4% the storey height
in the elastic range is imposed by IS 1893:2016 clauses 7.11.1.1. Storey Drift Limitation.
The maximum displacement of each floor is derived from the ETABS and relative
displacement (drift) is then worked out from the data which must be in accordance to the
code. The displacement and drift off the building is plotted with Storey and represented.

7.Dynamic Analysis (Response Spectrum)

Response spectrum method is dynamic analysis used for the analysis of seismic loads for
unsymmetrical buildings. Dynamic Analysis is performed to obtain forces and its distribution
to different levels/ elements of building on following cases:

Table 1: Dynamic analysis cases

Regularity Cases Height (m) Zones

Regular Buildings >40 IV, V
>90 II, III
Irregular Buildings >12 IV, V
>40 II, III
Response spectrum method of analysis shall be performed using the design spectrum as
defined in clause 6.4.2 or by a site-specific design spectrum mentioned in clause 6.4.7.
The design base shear VB shall be compared with a base shear ̅𝑉̅𝐵̅ calculated using a
fundamental time period Ta. Where V B is less than ̅𝑉̅𝐵̅, all response quantities shall be
multiplied by ̅𝑉̅𝐵̅/VB.

• Undamped free vibration analysis of the entire building shall be performed as per
established methods of mechanics using the appropriate masses and elastic stiffness of
the structural system to obtain natural periods (T) and mode shapes (Φ) of those of its
mode of vibration considered as per clause 7.7.5.2
• The number of modes to be used in the analysis should be such that the sum total of
modal masses of all modes considered is at least 90 percent of the total seismic mass
and missing mass correction beyond 33 percent.
• If modes with natural frequency beyond 33Hz are to be considered, modal
combination shall be carried out only for modes up to 33 Hz. The effect of higher
modes shall be included by considering missing mass correction following well
established procedures.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 33
 • The first three modes altogether must contribute at least 65% mass participation factor
in each principal direction.
• Regular buildings shall be analyzed as a system of masses lumped at the floor levels
with each mass having one degree of freedom, that of lateral displacement in the
direction under consideration. In such a case the following shall hold in the
computation of various quantities:
i. Modal Mass
ii. Mode participation factor
iii. Design Lateral force
iv. Storey shears forces in each mode
v. Lateral forces at each storey due to all modes considered
2.8 Design Philosophy
There are three philosophies for the design of reinforced concrete viz.
1. Working Stress Method
2. Ultimate Load Method
3. Limit State Method

2.8.1 Limit State Method of Design for Reinforced Concrete Structures

Design of Reinforced Concrete Members is done based on the limit state method of design
following IS 456:2000 as the code of practice. The basic philosophy of design is that the
structure is designed for strength at the ultimate limit state of collapse and for performance at
limit state of serviceability. A check for these two limit states is done based on code of
practice to achieve safe, economic and efficient design.

Limit state design has been originated from ultimate or plastic design. The object of design
based on the limit state concept is to achieve an acceptable probability that a structure will not
become unserviceable in its life time for the use for which it is intended, i.e. it will not reach
a limit state. A structure with appropriate degrees of reliability should be able to withstand
safely all the loads that are liable to act on it through-out its life and it should satisfy the
serviceability requirements. All relevant limit states must be considered in design to ensure
an adequate degree of safety and serviceability.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 34
2.8.1.1 Limit state of collapse
This state corresponds to the maximum load carrying capacity. Violation of collapse limit
state implies failure in sense that a clearly defined limit state of structural usefulness has been
exceeded. However, it does not mean a complete collapse. This limit state may correspond to:
1. Flexure,
2. Compression,
3. Shear and
4. Torsion.

Assumptions for the limit state of collapse in flexure:

a. The plane section normal to the axis of member remains plane after bending.
b. The maximum strain in concrete at the outermost compression fiber is 0.0035.
c. The relationship between the compressive stress distribution in concrete and the strain in
concrete may be assumed to be rectangle, trapezoid, parabola or any other shape. For
design purpose, the compressive strength of concrete in the structure shall be assumed to
be 0.67 times the characteristic strength. The partial safety factor ym =1.5 shall be applied.
d. The tensile strength of concrete is ignored.
e. The stresses in the reinforcement are derived from the representative stress-strain curve
for the type of steel used. For design purpose the partial safety factor ym =1.15 shall be
applied.
f. The maximum strain in the tension reinforcement in the section at failure shall not be less
than:

𝑓𝑦
1.15 ∗ + 0.002
𝐸
Where, fy = characteristics strength of steel
Es = Modulus of elasticity of steel.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 35
 Figure 3: Stress-Strain curve for concrete

Assumptions for the limit state of collapse in compression:

In addition to the assumptions for limit state of collapse in flexure from a to f, the following
shall be assumed:
a. The maximum compressive strain in concrete in axial compression is taken as 0.002.
b. The maximum compressive strain at the highly compressed extreme fiber in concrete
subjected to axial compression and bending and when there is no tension on the
section shall be 0.0035 minus 0.75 times the strain at least compressed extreme fiber.
2.8.1.2 Limit state of serviceability
This state corresponds to development of the excessive deformation and is used for checking
members in which magnitude of deformation may limit the use of the structure or its
components. This state may correspond to:
a. Deflection
b. Cracking
c. Vibration.

a. Control of deflection:

The deflection of a structure or part there of shall not adversely affect the appearance or
efficiency of the structure or finishes or partitions. Two methods are given in code for
checking the deflections. These are:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 36
 • Limiting the span/effective depth ratio given in clause 23.2, IS 456:2000 which
should be used in all normal cases, and
• Calculation of deflection given in Appendix C of code to be followed in special cases.
b. Cracking is a very complex phenomenon. Design considerations for crack control would
require the following.

• Expression for crack width and spacing, and (Annex F of IS 456:2000).

• Allowable crack widths under different service conditions with due considerations to
corrosion and durability of concrete (Clause 35.3.2 of IS 456:2000).
• Unless the calculation of crack widths shows that a greater spacing is acceptable, for
the flexural members in normal internal or external conditions of exposure, the
maximum distance between bars in tension shall not exceed the value as given in
Clause 26.3.3, IS 456:2000.
• Cracks due to bending in compression member subjected to design axial load
>0.2fck*Ac, need not be checked. For flexural members (A member which is
subjected to design load.

c. Control of Vibration:

A dynamic load is any load of which the magnitude, direction or position varies with the time
and almost any RCC structural system may be subjected to one form or another loading
during its life-time. Similarly, structural response i.e., resulting stresses or deflections is also
time varying or dynamic and is expressed in terms of displacements.

The limit state concept of design of reinforced concrete structures takes into account the
probabilistically and structural variation in the material properties, loads and safety factors.

2.9 Detailing Principle for Reinforced Concrete and Steel Structures

2.9.1 Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structure

Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structure is done based on IS 13920:2016 for the
provision of compliance with earthquake resistant design philosophy. Special consideration is
taken in detailing of linear frame elements (BEAMS & COLUMNS) to achieve ductility in
the
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 37
 concrete to localize the formation of plastic hinge in beams and not columns to assure the
capacity theory of STRONG COLUMN | WEAK BEAMS.

Detailing provisions of IS 13920:2016 and IS 456:2000 are used extensively for these
members to comply with the relevant codes of practice.

2.9.2 Ordinary Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structure

SP 34 detailing handbook for IS 456 is used extensively for reinforcement detailing of area
elements (SLABS & STAIRCASE). Defining the slabs to function as rigid floor diaphragm
limits the necessity of special reinforcement provision for slabs eliminating the possibility of
out-of-plane bending. Hence same follows for staircase slabs and detailing is done with the
help of SP34.

Detailing of Substructures (MAT FOUNDATION) is also done based on SP34 to comply

with the design requirement of IS 456:2000.

Reinforcement Detail drawings for typical representative elements are shown in detail in
chapter 7 on structural drawings.

Thus, the detailing rules from different handbooks are followed along with enlisted codes of
practice and then rebar arrangement is finalized. In this way, detailing of reinforcement is
achieved to required specifications by code.

2.9.3 Codal References

The project report has been prepared in complete conformity with various stipulations in
Indian Standards, Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete IS 456:2000, Design
Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:2000(SP-16), Criteria Earthquake Resistant Design
Structures IS 1893 (Part 1):2016, Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Subjected to Seismic Forces- Code of Practice IS 13920:2016, Handbook on Concrete
Reinforcement and Detailing SP-34.
Use of these codes have emphasized on providing sufficient safety, economy, strength and
ductility besides satisfactory serviceability requirements of cracking and deflection in
concrete structures. These codes are based on principles of Limit State of Design.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 38
2.9.4 Design and Detailing of Structural Element

2.9.4.1 Slab

Slabs are plate elements forming floors and roofs of buildings and carrying distributed loads
primarily by flexure. Inclined slabs may be used as ramps for Multi-storey car parks. A
staircase can be considered to be an inclined slab. A slab may be supported by beams or walls
and may be used as the flange or a T- or L-beam. Moreover, a slab may be simply supported,
or cantilever over one or more supports and is classified according to the manner of support.
• One-way slabs spanning in one direction
• Two-way slabs spanning in both direction
• Circular slabs
• Flat slabs resting directly on column with no beams
• Grid floor and ribbed slabs
Slabs are designed using theories of bending and shear as for beams. Since percentage of steel
is usually minimum in slab compared to other structural elements. Some points to consider in
slab design are:
• Slab is analyzed and designed as having a unit width.
• Compression reinforcement is used only in exceptional cases.
• Shear stresses are very low and shear reinforcement is never provided. It is preferred
to increase depth of slab to reduce shear stress.
• Temperature reinforcement is invariably provided at right angles to the main
longitudinal reinforcement in slab.
• Slabs are much thinner than beam.

Design Procedure for Slab:

The design procedure for slab elements adopted is given below.
Slab panels are to be designed for the limit state of bending moment and deflection. The
thickness of slab is governed by deflection, while the steel areas at mid span and support
sections depend on the bending moments.
The slab is designed for 1m wide strips. The subsequent steps are followed to design the slab:
1. Clear size, Lx and Ly.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 39
2. Effective depth is taken from preliminary design.
3. Calculation of effective span:
a. Lx + d
b. Centre-to-center distance between the supports
(Less of the above two values are taken.)
4. Calculation of the load (Dead load and Live load)

5. If Ly/Lx ≤ 2 Two-way slab is designed.

6. Calculation of bending moments:

Positive and negative moments (αx and αy) are taken from Table 26, IS 456:2000,
according to Ly/Lx ratio.

Bending moment is calculated using following formula:

Mx = αx ω Lx2

My = αy ω Lx2
Where, Mx and My are the moments on the strips of unit width spanning lx and ly
respectively.
αx and αy are bending moment coefficients,
lx and ly are the length of short and long span respectively.
7. Effective depth from moment criteria is calculated to check the required effective
depth for moment criteria using following formula: Mmax = 0.133fckbd2
8. Area of steel required for negative moment at continuous edge and positive moment
at mid span.
For short span, it is calculated using following formula,
𝑓𝑦∗𝐴𝑠𝑡
9. Check for minimum steel from codes: Mx = 0.87 fyAst d (1- )
𝑓𝑐𝑘∗𝑏𝑑

For Fe 500, Minimum area of steel= 0.12% of bD

10. Maximum spacing:

Spacing≤ 3d
≤ 300mm
11. Minimum area of steel required is provided in edge strip.
12. Corner steels (torsion steel):
Area of each layer of steel at A = 75% of area required for maximum mid span
moment Area of each layer of steel at B = 0.5 x Area of steel at A

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 40
 13. Shear is checked at the edge of short span.
𝑤∗𝐿𝑥
Vmax =
2
𝑉𝑚𝑠𝑥
𝜏max=𝜏v =
𝑏𝑑

For p & M25 grade concrete, Ʈc is taken from Table 19, IS 456:2000 and k is taken
Clause 40.2.1.1, IS 456:2000.
τ’c =kτc>τv O.K.
14. Development Length is checked at both short and long edge.

∅∗𝜎
𝐿𝑑 =
4 ∗ 𝜏𝑏𝑑

So, If Ld ≤1.3ML/V +L0

15. Deflection is checked at mid span of short span according to Clause 23.2.1, IS456:2000.

(𝐿⁄𝑑)≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆

The detail design calculation of critical slab has been shown in Annex IV.
Furthermore, While using design of two-way slabs with the help of coefficients, restrained
slabs are considered to be divided in each direction into middle and edge strips. The moments
apply only to the middle strips and no further redistribution is allowed for these moments.
The edge strips have to be reinforced only with nominal minimum steel for crack control. In
addition, corner steel to resist the torsion stresses produced in these slabs are provided at
discontinuous edges.

2.9.4.2 Column
Columns are compression members whose effective length exceeds three times the least
lateral dimension. They are subjected to large axial compression force. Any compression
member of a structure, or column in particular, takes the load from flexure and slab members
present above it and transfers the load to the foundation and consecutively to the earth below.
Thus, it is very important to design columns of adequate size and with adequate
reinforcement in order to safely transfer the incoming loads.
Types of columns:
• According to the slenderness ratio of column, it can be divided into short and long
columns type. A column is considered as short when slenderness ratio of column in

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 41
 both directions are less than 12, while it is considered as long when its slenderness
ratio in both directions is more than 12.
• According to the cross-sectional shape, the column can be circular, square,
rectangular and trapezoidal.
• According to material used, column can be of concrete, RCC/PCC, steel, timber, etc.

Design of column is mainly governed by axial load, length & slenderness ratio, material
grades, etc. Bending moment, axial compression and shear due to lateral earthquake loads are
considered and either axially, uniaxially or biaxially loaded columns are designed
particularly. Interaction diagram for columns is used to calculate load carrying capacity or
moment carrying capacity of given section of column.
All compression members are to be designed for eccentricity of load in two principal directions,
𝐿
i.e 𝑒 = 𝐷
500 + , subjected to a minimum of 2cm. After determining the eccentricity, the section
30

is then designed for combined axial load and bending. However, as a simplification, when the
value of minimum eccentricity calculated is less than or equal to 0.05D, the design of short
axially loaded compression member is to be performed by design equation and if the
minimum eccentricity is more than 0.05D, the design of column loaded with combined axial
load and bending is to be performed. In our case, even if the minimum eccentricity is less
than 0.05D, the columns are probably subjected to moments in both principal axes. Hence, it
is required to design these columns as biaxially loaded columns.

Design procedure for column:

The design procedure for biaxially loaded column elements is given below:
1. After modeling and analyzing the structure in ETABS, the ETABS output of frame
reinforcement is checked and a column having maximum reinforcement percentage is
taken. From details, the axial load and bending moments for corresponding
reinforcement area are chosen for corresponding load combination for design.
2. From preliminary design consideration, size of column (b x D) can be obtained, fck
and fy are obtained as well.
3. Calculation of effective length:
• Unsupported length of column (L) = Floor-floor height – depth of beam
• Effective length (Le) = 0.65 L (IS456: 2000 table-28, consider the column is
fixed on both sides)
4. Calculation of slenderness ratio (λ) = Le / D, IS456: 2000, cl 25.1.2
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 42
 • For λ ≤ 12, short column
• For λ > 12, long column
5. Check for minimum eccentricity, IS456: 2000, cl 25.4 & cl. 39.3

• ex = L/500 + D/30 should be >20mm

<ex,min =0.05D
• ey= L/500 + B/30 should be >20mm }

<ey,min = 0.05b
• For ex< 0.05D and ey< 0.05b, column is axially loaded.
• For ex> 0.05D or ey> 0.05b, column is uni-axially loaded.
• For ex> 0.05D and ey> 0.05b, column is bi-axially loaded.
6. Calculation of design moments:

• For ex≤ex,min&ey≤ey,min, moment due to eccentricity = 0

• For ex>ex,min&ey>ey,min, moment due to eccentricity = Me = Pu*e
• If the columns are long, there occur additional moments Max and May as well.
• Design moments = Md = Mu (from ETABS) + Me + Ma
7. Using interaction diagram SP16: 1980,
• Assume appropriate percentage of reinforcement for the column
considered and assume d’=effective cover, such that d’/D and d’/b gives
the values corresponding to particular interaction chart type.
𝑃 𝑃𝑢
• Calculate & , and assuming either reinforcement to be placed equally
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑓𝑐𝑘𝑏𝐷

on two or four sides, corresponding interaction diagram is observed and

𝑀𝑢𝑥,1 𝑀𝑢𝑦,1
& 2 are obtained. By multiplying the factor with fckbD2& fckDb2,
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝐷2 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝐷2

we determine the ultimate moments.

8. Check for equation on columns subjected to biaxial bending:
• Determine Puz = 0.446fckAconcrete + 0.75fyAsteel
• Determine Pu / Puz and determine αn from SP16: 1980, cl3.3
𝑎𝑛
𝑀 𝑀𝑑𝑦 𝑎𝑛
• Check for equation: ( 𝑑𝑥
+( ) ≤1
) 𝑀𝑢𝑦,1
𝑀𝑢𝑥,1

9. Calculation of reinforcement area:

The percentage of steel, for which above criteria satisfies, is taken under
consideration. As,min = 0.8% of Ag and As,max = 6% of Ag is calculated and checked
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 43
with considered p%. Required area of reinforcement is calculated.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 44
10. Provide adequate number of bars (considering two or four side equally distributed)
such that provided area of reinforcement is greater than required area of
reinforcement. But provide the bars considering the economic aspect of construction.
11. For shear reinforcements on column, ultimate shear force due to loading is determined
from ETABS.
12. IS13920: 2016 cl 7.5, determine plastic shear force on column due to adjacent beam
moments using formula:
𝑠,𝐿 ℎ,𝑅 ℎ,𝐿 𝑠,𝑅
𝑉𝑝𝑥 = 1.4 (𝑀 + 𝑀 ) 𝑜𝑟 1.4 (𝑀 + 𝑀 )
𝑢𝑥 𝑢𝑥 𝑢𝑥 𝑢𝑥

𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛

𝑀𝑠,𝐿 + 𝑀ℎ,𝑅 𝑀ℎ,𝐿 + 𝑀𝑠,𝑅

𝑉𝑝𝑦 = 1.4 (
𝑢𝑦 𝑢𝑦 ) 𝑜𝑟 1.4 ( 𝑢𝑦 𝑢𝑦 )
𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛

13. Determine design shear forces as the greater among Vu and Vp.
14. Determine design shear strength of concrete:
• Calculate % of steel provided in longitudinal reinforcement
• Using table-19, determine τc.
• For compression members, determine τcd= k δτc

15. Determine shear strength due to design shear forces τv = Vu and determine τc,max from
bD
IS456: 2000, table 20.
• If τcd>τv, minimum shear reinforcement should be provided.
• If τcd<τv<τc,max, minimum shear reinforcement should be provided.
• If τv>τc,max, redesign the section.

16. Determine Vus = (τv- τcd) bD for shear reinforcement required.

17. Adopt diameter and legs of stirrup bars and calculate spacing of ties. Determine
whether extra tie is required or not as per IS456: 2000, cl. 26.5.3.2.b
18. Perform ductile detailing and design checks using IS13920: 2016:
• Check minimum dimension of column
• Check cross-sectional aspect ratio of column (should be greater than 0.45)
• Rebar Splice Design
• Check for minimum diameter of transverse reinforcement
• Check for maximum spacing of links
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 45
 • Design for spacing of links over confining zone, as per IS13920: 1993, cl. 8.1,

𝐴𝑠ℎ 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝐴𝑔
0.18 𝑠𝑣 ℎ 𝑓𝑦 (𝐴𝑘 −1)
≥{ 𝑓𝑐𝑘
0.05 𝑠 ℎ
𝑣 𝑓𝑦

Determine spacing of links and check for this spacing over confining zone.

The detail design calculation of critical column has been shown in Annex IV. The
reinforcement area and detailing is then performed for each of the critical column of each
blocks A, B and C.

2.9.4.3 Beam
Beam is a flexural member which distributes the vertical load to the column and resists the
bending moment. The total effect of all the forces acting on the beam is to produce shear
forces and bending moments within the beam, that in turn induce internal stresses, strains and
deflections of the beam. Its mode of deflection is primarily by bending. The loads applied to
the beam result in reaction forces at the beam's support points. The total effect of all the
forces acting on the beam is to produce shear forces and bending moments within the beams
that in turn induce internal stresses, strains and deflections of the beam. Beams are
characterized by their manner of support, profile (shape of cross-section), length, and their
material.

The design of the beam deals with the determination of the beam section and the steel
required. Here, the design of beam is governed by limit state of moment, shear and deflection.
Shear stirrups are provided to take care of the excess shear, beyond the shear capacity of the
concrete section of the beams.
We have referred IS 456:2000 for the design and checked the values with ductile design code
IS 13920:2016.
Beam is designed as rectangular beam. Dimension of the beam was fixed from preliminary
design.

Design procedure for beam:

1. Size of the beam from preliminary design.

2. Factored bending moment (Mu) and factored shear force (Vu) was taken from ETABS
analysis.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 46
3. Assuming diameter of reinforcement bars, with 25 mm clear cover, effective depth is
calculated as d = D-(clear cover + stir up + longitudinal dia/2)
4. Determination of limiting bending moment is calculated using following formula:

Mu,lim=0.36* (xdul) * {1-0.42 (xdul)} *bd2fck

If Mu>Mlim, Doubly reinforced section is designed. If

Mu<Mlim, Singly reinforced section is designed.

5. Area of tension steel required for Mlim is calculated as:

𝐴𝑠𝑡∗𝐹𝑦
Mlim = 0.87*fy∗ Ast d* {1 − }
𝑏∗𝑑∗𝑓𝑐𝑘

6. Area of tension steel required for additional bending moment (Mu - Mlim) is calculated as

Mu= (𝑓𝑠𝑐 − 𝑓𝑐𝑐) ∗ 𝐴𝑠𝑐 ∗ {𝑑 − 𝑑′}

where, fsc for 𝑑 is taken from Table F, SP-16.
𝑑′

fcc = 0.446fck

7. Area of compression steel required for additional bending moment Mu - Mlim is calculated:
(fsc- fcc)Asc = 0.87fyAst2
Ast= Ast1 + Ast2

8. Check for minimum area of tension steel from Clause 26.5.1.1, IS 456:2000.

0.85∗𝑏𝑑
𝐴𝑜 = 𝑓𝑦

9. Check for maximum area of tension steel from Clause 26.5.1.1 (a), IS 456:2000 Ao= 0.04 bD

10. Check for shear

Permissible shear stress Ʈc is taken from Table 19, IS 456:2000 for designed p% steel.
Nominal Shear stress (Ʈ𝑣) =𝑉𝑢
𝑏𝑑

Ʈc,max is taken from Table 20, IS 456:2000 for designed grade of concrete, if

Ʈc ≤ Ʈv ≤ Ʈc, max
Design shear force, Vus - Vu – Ʈcbd

where, 𝐴𝑠𝑣 = 𝑉𝑢𝑠

𝑠𝑣 0.87∗𝑓𝑦∗𝑑

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 47
 Area and spacing of the stirrups are taken considering, spacing x< 0.75d and <300mm.
11. Check for ductility
Percentage of minimum and maximum area of tension reinforcements according to IS
13920:1993:
11.1. The tensile steel ratio on any face at any section shall not be less than; Tensile steel ratio
≥ 0.24 √𝑓𝑐𝑘bd
𝑓𝑦

11.2. The maximum steel ratio on the face at any section shall not exceed
Maximum steel ratio ≤ 0.025
𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑥
≤ 0.025
𝑏𝐷

12. Ductility check for shear

12.1. The spacing of hoops over a length of 2d at either end of a beam shall not exceed 𝑑 and
4
𝑑
at for mid span.
2

12.2. 8 times the diameter of the smallest longitudinal bar. However, it need not be less than
100 mm.

2.9.4.4 Foundation

The foundation forms a very important part of the structure which transfers the load to the
soil on which it rests. The ground surface in contact with the lower surface of the foundation
is known to be the base of the foundation. The ground on which the foundation rests is called
the subgrade soil. A foundation, thus, should be designed to safely transmit the load of the
structure on to a sufficient area of the soil so that the stresses induced in the soil are within
the safe limit of the bearing capacity of the soil, as if the soil is overstressed, it may lead to
shear failure resulting in the sliding of the soil along a plane of rupture and thus result in the
collapse of the structure.

Foundations can be broadly classified into shallow and deep foundations. If the depth of
foundation is equal to or less than its width, the foundation is classified as shallow while if
the depth of foundation is greater than its width, the foundation is classified as deep. Shallow
foundation can be further classified as strip footing, isolated footing, combined footing, raft
footing. Deep foundation can be classified as pile foundation and well foundation.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 48
Mat foundation is used where the load to be supported is too great or the bearing capacity of
the soil is too less. When the area required for individual footings become too great such that
they overlap with each other or cover more than one-half of the area, raft foundation can
provide a suitable solution. A raft foundation may consist of a slab of uniform thickness or
slab stiffened by beams either above or below the strap or an inverted flat slab floor. The raft
covers the entire building area and supports all the walls and columns. In our case, we plan to
design a slab-only type raft foundation which is similar to inverted flat slab with soil pressure
as the load on the plate.

Design procedure of mat foundation:

Design of mat foundation is performed by dividing a whole mat foundation into several strips
of definite width and these strips are considered as beam having definite length in order to
2
determine the maximum bending moment to which it is subjected, i.e.ω𝐿 , where ω = soil
10

pressure intensity per unit length of the beam. This bending moment is taken to determine the
depth and area of steel reinforcement required per unit strip of foundation as slab. The detail
design procedure of mat foundation can be listed as follows:

i. Using the soil parameters and Rankine’s formula, determine the minimum depth of
foundation below the ground level.
ii. The minimum area of foundation required to transfer the above load to the ground is
calculated using the formula:
1.1∗𝑃 where, P = total unfactored axial load on to the footing from columns, shear
A= 𝑞𝑢

walls and stairs above.

iii. Layout the desired foundation and determine the geometric center of this mat
foundation.
iv. Consider an origin and determine the x and y coordinates for each point of action of
load. Multiplying this load with its x and y distance w.r.t. origin, calculate the
moment due to this load along the corresponding axes.
v. Determine load centroid on this foundation, and calculate its eccentricity w.r.t. the
geometric center of the foundation; i.e:
𝑀𝑥 𝑀𝑦
𝑋̅ = , 𝑌̅ = , ex = X-𝑋̅ , ey= Y-𝑌̅
𝑃𝑢 𝑃𝑢

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 49
 Calculate moment on foundation due to the total axial load over this eccentricity on
both axes. Calculate moment of inertia along both axes as well.
vi. Determine stress due to loading on different point of action of loads and corners of the
foundation area, which is to be checked in equivalent with soil bearing capacity of the
soil support below, using formula:
𝑃𝑢 𝑀𝑒𝑥 𝑀𝑒𝑦
= ± y± x
𝐴 𝐼𝑥𝑥 𝐼𝑦𝑦

Where, x and y is the distance of point considered from the geometric center of the
foundation. Divide the raft into several strips along both X-axis and Y-axis to design
the foundation strips as equivalent beams. The respective maximum soil pressure

along the strip is ωL2 taken and bending moment per unit width is determined
using the
formula. .

vii. Calculation of depth using two major criteria:

• Taking the ultimate bending moment from all calculated BMs above, using IS456:
2000 cl. 38.1, we calculate depth using:
𝑥𝑢,𝑙𝑖𝑚
Mu,lim = 0.36𝑥𝑢,𝑙𝑖𝑚(1 − 0.42 ) 𝑏𝑑2𝑓
𝑑 𝑑 𝑐𝑘
𝑥𝑢,𝑙𝑖𝑚
Where, in our case, for Fe500, = 0.46 & fck = 25N/mm d
𝑑

• Considering the critical corner, edge and center column based on the largest axial
load that it carries, depth is calculated by checking on 2-way shear, i.e.
The design shear capacity Ksτc should be greater than the calculated shear stress
(τv) at critical section at d/2 distance from the face of the column in order to allow
the foundation two safely resist such two-way shear stress. i.e. τv≤ Ksτc where,
Ks = (0.5 + βc) but not greater than 1, βc being the ratio of short side to long side of
the column,
τc = 0.25√fck

𝑈𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑜𝑛 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚

&, τv = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 2 𝑤𝑎𝑦 𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟

The maximum value of depth is taken considering either maximum moment criteria or
two-way shear criteria that governs it.

ix. Calculation of reinforcement area per unit strip width:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 50
 Using the maximum effective depth required, the area of steel reinforcement along
both X and Y axes can be determined using the maximum moments along X and Y
axes obtained using the load stress as mentioned in step 7. The area is calculated
using formula:
𝐴𝑠𝑡∗𝐹𝑦
0.87*Fy∗ Ast d* {1 − }
𝑏∗𝑑∗𝑓𝑐𝑘

x. Check for development length:

As in slab design, the development length for the anchorage of the reinforcement in the
𝑀𝑙
foundation is checked, i.e.Ld≤ 1.3 + L0
𝑉

xi. Design of load transfer from column to footing:

According to IS456: 2000, cl.34.4.1, where the permissible bearing stress on the
concrete in the supporting or supported member would be exceeded, reinforcement
shall be provided for developing the excess force, either by extending the longitudinal
bars into the supporting member, or by dowels.
The bearing stress of column is determined and is compared with any excess stress to
be transferred if required.
Transfer load from column to footing by extending the column reinforcement into the
footing or using dowels up to length equal to L d, such that extended longitudinal
reinforcement or area of dowels is at least 0.5% of CSA of the supporting column.
xii. Calculation of chair dimensions required to support the top and bottom reinforcement
during concreting.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 51
 2.9.4.5 Lift/Shear Wall

In structural engineering, a shear wall is a vertical element of a seismic force resisting system
that is designed to resist in-plane lateral forces, typically wind and seismic loads. In many
jurisdictions, the International Building Code and International Residential Code govern the
design of shear walls.

A shear wall resists loads parallel to the plane of the wall. Collectors, also known as drag
members, transfer the diaphragm shear to shear walls and other vertical elements of the
seismic force resisting system. Shear walls are typically light-framed or braced wooden walls
with shear panels, reinforced concrete walls, reinforced masonry walls, or steel plates.

Design procedure of lift/shear wall:

Following steps are followed to design a shear/lift wall:

1. Determine the lump mass and seismic weight of the shear wall.
2. Determine the base shear and moment at different point where mass is lumped. Base
Shear (Vb) =Ah*W
Storey Shear (Qi) =VbWihi2 /𝛴𝑊𝑖ℎ𝑖2

Moment = 𝛴𝑄𝑖ℎ𝑖
3. Determine the minimum and additional eccentricity by using following equation:

emin (t) = 0.05t and ea = H2 we /2500t 4.

Determine the ultimate load carrying capacity as:

Puw = 0.3(t-1.2e-2ea)fck
5. Determine the moment, shear and load applied on each strip of shear wall along X and
Y-direction.
6. Calculate main vertical reinforcement referring to chart of SP-16.
7. Determine spacing of bars.
8. Calculate the area of horizontal reinforcement steel bars. Ah =0.2% of bH
9. Check for shear as per IS 456-2000 Cl.32.4.2.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 52
 2.9.4.6 Basement Wall

Basement wall is constructed to retain the earth and to prevent moisture from seeping into the
building. Since the basement wall is supported by the mat foundation, the stability is ensured
and the design of the basement wall is limited to the safe design of vertical stem.

Basement walls are exterior walls of underground structures (tunnels and other earth sheltered
buildings), or retaining walls must resist lateral earth pressure as well as additional pressure
due to other type of loading. Basement walls carry lateral earth pressure generally as vertical
slabs supported by floor framing at the basement level and upper floor level. The axial forces
in the floor structures are, in turn, either resisted by shear walls or balanced by the lateral
earth pressure coming from the opposite side of the building.

Although basement walls act as vertical slabs supported by the horizontal floor framing, keep
in mind that during the early construction stage when the upper floor has not yet been built
the wall may have to be designed as a cantilever, however the basement wall is designed as
propped cantilever in this project. This is based on the assumption that the backfilling is
withheld or basement wall strutted until final construction of the wall.
Design Procedure of basement wall:

1. Determine the design constants, height of wall, unit weight of soil, angle of friction of
soil, surcharge load, safe bearing capacity of soil.
2. Calculate slenderness ratio (l/d)
3. Lateral load due to soil pressure,
Pa = Ka x γ x h2/25
4. Lateral Load due to surcharge load,

Ps = Ka x Ws x h

5. Calculate bending moment at base of wall due to these lateral loads.

6. Check for depth of wall required from moment consideration

Mu= 0.133fck bd2

7. Calculate requirement of main steel reinforcement

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
M = 0.87fyAst (d - ), where Ast is steel required
𝑓𝑐𝑘𝑏

8. Calculate the shear and determine the requirement of shear steel.

9. Check for deflection

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 53
 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓
Allowable deflection =
250
𝑃 𝑠𝑙 3 𝑃𝑎 𝑙 3
𝑒𝑓𝑓 𝑒𝑓𝑓
Actual Deflection = +
8𝐸𝐼 30𝐸𝐼

10. Calculate the horizontal reinforcement bar

Area of Hz. Reinforcement = 0.002Dh
As the temperature change occurs at front face of basement wall, 2/3 of horizontal
reinforcement is provided at front face and 1/3 of horizontal reinforcement is provided in
inner face.
11. Curtailment Reinforcement
No bars can be curtailed in less than Ld distance from the bottom of stem.

0.87𝑓𝑦∗
Ld = 4

2.10 Drawings

As specified in the requirement of the project assignment, the report also includes the
following drawings:

1. Architectural Plan of Typical floors, Elevation and Cross Section of the building.
2. Detailed Structural drawing of full-size beam, full size column, slab, staircase, mat
foundation and shear walls. Longitudinal and Cross section drawings are made to
represent specifically the proper detailing of rebar in individual elements, at beam column
joints, at the end support of slabs, in staircase and in the foundation.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 54
 3. PRELIMINARY DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

Before proceeding for the actual modeling of the building, it is necessary to fix approximate
dimensions for the structural elements. This is done through preliminary design and acts as
guidelines in analysis which are liable to be changed in future after response evaluation.
Drawings received from architect were thoroughly studied and elements at maximum exploited
location were chosen for preliminary design.

3.1 Preliminary Design of Slab

Preliminary design of RCC slab for the floor and roof of the proposed building is done in such
a way that it complies with deflection control criteria of IS 456:2000 and behavior of floor
slab as a rigid diaphragm. Being equal spacing of columns in both the axes, planar dimensions
of all slabs being equal, on ly a single panel is taken for preliminary design.

lx=6000mm

ly=6000mm

Classification of slab

𝑙𝑦 6000
= =1<2
𝑙𝑥 6000

So, the slab behaves as two-way slab.

For slab, as per IS 456:2000 CL 24.1, the provision for beams app ly to slabs also.

Therefore, from IS 456:2000 CL 23.2

We have,

𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)

α = 26 (for continuous slab) (IS 456:2000 Cl 23.2.1)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 55
β = span factor = 1 (Since span is less than 10m) (IS 456:2000 Cl 23.2.1 b)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 56
For γ (modification factor for tension reinforcement)

Assuming 0.2% reinforcement

𝑓𝑠 = 0.58 ∗ 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑑

∗ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑
1
𝑠 = 0.58 ∗ 𝑓𝑦 ∗
1 = 290𝑁/𝑚𝑚2 (Assuming fy-500 N/mm2)
From Figure 4 IS 456:2000, γ =1.40
δ = modification factor for compression reinforcement = 1 (Since no compression
reinforcement is to be provided in slab)
λ = Reduction factor for ratios of span to effective depth for flanged section =1 (Since slab is
rectangular in section)
Calculating effective depth,
𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
6000
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≤ 26 ∗ 1 ∗ 1.4 ∗ 1 ∗ 1

𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≥ 164.84 𝑚𝑚
Since slab depth to be provided is greater than 150 mm, it will lead to higher seismic mass.
Therefore, we have divided slab into both axes by providing secondary beams.
Re-calculating required depth
lx=3000mm
ly=3000mm
Classification of slab: ly/ lx=3600/3600=1<2
So, the slab behaves as two-way slab.
All factors calculated above are valid for this slab too.
Calculating effective depth,
𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
3000
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≤ 26 ∗ 1 ∗ 1.4 ∗ 1 ∗ 1

𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≥ 82.418 𝑚𝑚
∴ D (Total depth of slab) = deff + clear cover + 0.5* diameter of bar
= 82.418+20+0.5*12
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 57
 = 108.418 mm
Adopt D= 140mm for all slabs.

3.2 Preliminary Design of Beam

Preliminary design of RCC beam element was done similar to that of slab i.e., through deflection
criteria.
350 mm
Preliminary design of Main Beam
Depth
l=6000mm
550 mm
From IS 456:2000 CL 23.2
We have,
𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
Calculating effective depth,
𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 15
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
6000
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≤ 15
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≥ 500 𝑚𝑚
∴ D (Total depth of beam) = deff + clear cover + 0.5* diameter of bar
= 500+25+0.5*20
= 535 mm
Rounding off to nearest 50mm so as to ease in construction,
Adopt D = 550mm

Breadth
𝐷
= 1.5 𝑡𝑜 2
𝑏
Taking 𝐷 = 1.75
𝑏
∴ b = 314.28 mm
Adopt B = 350mm

Preliminary design of Secondary Beam

l=3000 mm
From IS 456:2000 CL 23.2
We have,
𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
Calculating effective depth,

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 58
 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛(𝑙)
𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ (𝑑)
≤ 12 200 mm
3000
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≤ 12
𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑓 ≥ 250 𝑚𝑚
300 mm
∴ D (Total depth of beam) = deff + clear cover + 0.5* diameter of bar
= 250+25+0.5*20
= 285 mm
Adopt D = 300mm
Breadth
𝐷
= 1.5 − 2
𝑏
Taking 𝐷 = 1.75
𝑏
∴ b = 171.43 mm, Adopt B = 200 mm

3.3 Preliminary Design of Column

Load Calculation:
Tabulation of unit weight used
Partition Wall Weight 16.2324 KN/m
Height(m) 3.35
Thickness(mm) 230
2
Area(m ) 24.12
Finishing (12.5mm) 25
2
Weight (kN/m ) 4.8455

Beam Weight per length 4.125 KN/m

Depth(mm) 550
Width(mm) 300
Unit weight (kN/m3) 25

Secondary Beam Weight per length 2.1875 KN/m

Depth(mm) 350
Width(mm) 250
Unit weight (kN/m3) 25

Slab Weight per area 3.5 KN/m2

Depth (mm) 140
Unit weight (kN/m3) 25

Individual calculations are shown in tabular form below.

Floor finish
Categories Thickness Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
Screed 25 mm 21kN/m3 35.561756 18.6699219

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 59
Finishing 15mm 0.12kN/m3 35.561756 0.064011161
Celling 13mm 20.4kN/m3 35.561756 9.430977691
Total 28.16491075

Imposed Load (Typical)

At Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
2
General Rooms 2.5 kN/m 35.561756 88.90439

Imposed Load (Roof not accessible)

At Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
2
Roof 0.75 kN/m 35.561756 26.671317

Imposed Load (Roof)

At Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
2
Roof 0.4 kN/m 36 14.4

Dead Load (Typical Floors)

Categories Length/Area Unit weight Load(kN) Remarks
4.8125
Beam 12m kN/m 57.75
Secondary Beam 24m 1.5 kN/m 36
Slab 35.561756m2 3.75 kN/m2 133.356585
30%
Infill Wall 12m 10.599kN/m 127.19322 opening
Partition Wall (brick) 11.398m 10.599kN/m 120.807402
Partition Wall (UPVC) 3.056*3.465 m2 1 kN/m2 10.58904
Total 485.696247

Dead Load of column

Assuming 600mm*600mm column initial ly,
Unit
Type Height Area(mm2) Weight Load (kN)
Normal 3.465m 360000 25kN/m3 31.185

∴Total Load at Bottom of Ground Floor Column

Unit
Load due to Multiplier value(KN) Load(KN)
Floor Finish 6 28.16 168.96

Imposed Load (Typical) 5 88.90439 444.52195

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 60
 Imposed Load (Roof) 1 14.4 14.4
Imposed Load (Roof not accessible) 1 26.67 26.67

Dead Load (Typical Floors) 6 485.696247 2914.177482

Column Self Wt. 6 31.185 187.11
Total Load 3755.839432
Factored
Load 5633.759148

Floor Finish: Ground Floor

Load
Categories Thickness Unit Weight Area(m2) (kN)
Screed 25 mm 21kN/m3 36 18.9
Finishing 15mm 0.12kN/m3 36 0.0648
3
Celling 13mm 20.4kN/m 36 9.5472
Total 28.512

Imposed Load (Typical): Ground floor

At Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
2
General Rooms 2.5 kN/m 36 90

Dead Load: Ground floor

Categories Length/Area Unit weight Load(kN) Remarks
Beam 12m 4.8125 kN/m 57.75
Secondary Beam 24m 1.5 kN/m 36
Slab 36m2 3.75 kN/m2 135
Total 228.75

Floor Finish: Upper Basement

Load
-Categories Thickness Unit Weight Area(m2) (kN)
Screed 25 mm 21kN/m3 27 14.175
3
Finishing 15mm 0.12kN/m 27 0.0486
3
Celling 13mm 20.4kN/m 27 7.1604
Total 21.384

Imposed Load (Typical): Upper Basement

At Unit Weight Area(m2) Load (kN)
2
General Rooms 5 kN/m 27 67.5

Dead Load of Upper Basement

Categories Length/Area Unit weight Load(kN) Remarks

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 61
 Beam 9m 4.8125 kN/m 43.3125
Secondary Beam 18m 1.5 kN/m 27
Slab 27m2 3.75 kN/m2 101.25
Total 171.5625

Dead Load of column

Assuming 600mm*600mm column initially,
Load
Type Height Area(mm2) Unit Weight (kN)
Normal 3.465m 360000 25kN/m3 31.185

∴Total Load at Bottom of Lower Basement Column

Unit
Load due to Multiplier value(KN) Load(KN)
Floor Finish Ground Floor 1 28.512 28.512
Imposed Load (Typical)
Ground floor 1 90 90
Dead Load (of Ground Floor) 1 228.75 228.75
Floor Finish Upper Basement 1 21.384 21.384
Imposed Load (Typical)
Upper Basement 1 67.5 67.5
Dead Load (of Upper
Basement) 1 171.5625 171.5625
Column Self Wt. 2 31.185 62.37
Total Load 670.0785
Factored
Load 1005.11775

Total Factored Load=6638.876898 kN

Calculation of dimensions required for above calculated load

From IS 456:2000, CL 39.3
Assuming 2% steel and for fy =500N/mm2 and M25 grade of concrete
𝑃𝑢 = 0.4 ∗ 𝑓𝑐𝑘 ∗ 𝐴𝑐 + 0.67 ∗ 𝑓𝑦 ∗ 𝐴𝑠𝑐
850 mm
𝑃𝑢 = 0.4 ∗ 𝑓𝑐𝑘 ∗ 𝐴𝑔 ∗ (1 − 0.02) + 0.67 ∗ 𝑓𝑦 ∗ 𝐴𝑔 ∗ 0.02

𝑃𝑢
𝐴𝑔 = = 634086.628𝑚𝑚2
0.4 ∗ 25 ∗ (1 − 0.02) + 0.67 ∗ 500 ∗ 0.02
For square column,
𝐷2 = 634086.628
∴ 𝐷 = 796.295𝑚𝑚 850 mm
Adopt D = 850mm
∴ 𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑛𝑠 = 850 ∗ 850

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 62
 4 LOAD CALCULATION

 Slab:

UPPER BASEMENT:

Slab ID Lengt Breadth Area Unit Thickn Dead Live Live Total
h (m) (m) (m2) Weight ess Load Load Load Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (m) (kN) (kN/m2) (kN)
BF26 24 24 576 25 0.14 2016 5 1440 3456
Deductio 4.4 2 -8.8 25 0.14 -30.8 5 -22 -52.8
n
Deductio 6 6 -36 25 0.14 -126 5 -90 -216
n
Deductio 1.2 - 25 0.14 - 5 - -54.286
n 9.047 31.667 22.619
2 46711
OTHER 12 3 144 25 0.14 504 5 360 864
S
Total 3996.9132

GROUND FLOOR:

Slab ID Length Breadth Area Unit Thickn Dead Live Live Total
(m) (m) (m2) Weight ess Load Load Load Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (m) (kN) (kN/m2) (kN)
DE13 9 6 54 25 0.14 189 5 135 324
Deductio 4.4 2 -8.8 25 0.14 -30.8 5 -22 -52.8
n
BC23 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 3.48402 62.712 188.712
9
EF23 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 3.1039 55.870 181.8705
AB34 6 3 18 25 0.14 63 3.19805 28.782 91.7825
5
AB45 6 3 18 25 0.14 63 3 13.5 76.5
BC34 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 3.5313 63.564 189.5642
BC45 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 3.0345 54.621 180.621
CE35 12 12 144 25 0.14 504 4 288 792
EG35 12 9 108 25 0.14 378 4 216 594
BC56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 40.837 735.06 861.066
CD57 9 6 54 25 0.14 189 4 108 297
DE57 9 6 54 25 0.14 189 3.82562 103.29 292.2918
5
EF56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
Total 4214.6090

FIRST FLOOR:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 63
 Unit Thickn Dead Live Live
Length Breadth Area Total
Slab ID Weight ess Load Load Load
(m) (m) (m2) Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (m) (kN) (kN/m2 (kN)
12DE&2
3DE
General
Store 25.9
7.14 3.64 25 0.14 90.963 5 64.974 155.9376
Stationar 8
y
6.64
Room 3 2.215 25 0.14 23.257 2.5 4.1531 27.412
5
Lobby 4.14 2 8.28 25 0.14 28.98 4 16.56 45.54
23EF(Ro 36.2 126.83 22.648
5.965 6.075 25 0.14 2.5 149.4791
om) 3 0 3
34EF(Me
35.3 22.087
eting 6 5.89 25 0.14 123.69 2.5 145.7775
4 5
Hall)
45EF&45
FG
General 26.6 93.250 16.651
4.357 6.115 25 0.14 2.5 109.90260
Room 4 6 9
3.26 11.418 1.6312
Toilet 1.5 2.175 25 0.14 2 13.05
2 7 5
16.2 56.757 10.135
PA Room 5.69 2.85 25 0.14 2.5 66.893062
1 7 3
3.08 10.809 1.9303
Pantry 1.42 2.175 25 0.14 2.5 12.740062
8 7 1
34FG(Ro 19.2 67.534 12.059
6.275 3.075 25 0.14 2.5 79.594453
om) 9 6 7
34AB(Ro 20.9
6.4 3.275 25 0.14 73.36 2.5 13.1 86.46
om) 6
45AB(Ro 19.4 67.915 12.127
5.925 3.275 25 0.14 2.5 80.043046
om) 0 3 7
23BC(Ro 32.8 114.95 20.527
5.1 6.44 25 0.14 2.5 135.4815
om) 4 4 5
4.07 14.255
1.184 3.44 25 0.14 2.5 2.5456 16.80096
2 3
34BC(Ro 19.8 69.621 12.432
6.275 3.17 25 0.14 2.5 82.053468
om) 9 1 3
7.61 26.644 4.7579
2.69 2.83 25 0.14 2.5 31.4023
2 4 3
12.0 42.055 30.039
Store 4.33 2.775 25 0.14 5 72.0945
1 1 3
45BC(Ro 18.1
6.2 2.92 25 0.14 63.364 2.5 11.315 74.679
om) 0
20.573 3.6738
1.94 3.03 5.87 25 0.14 2.5 24.247575
7 7
12.1 42.685 30.489
Store 4.025 3.03 25 0.14 5 73.1745
9 1 3

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 64
56BC(To 11.3
4.2 2.7 25 0.14 39.69 2 5.67 45.36
ilet) 4
9.65 33.792
Toilet 4.565 2.115 25 0.14 2 4.8274 38.6199
4 4
Disabled 4.62 16.187
2.5 1.85 25 0.14 2 2.3125 18.5
Toilet 5 5
4.11
Lobby 1.42 2.9 25 0.14 14.413 4 8.236 22.649
8
11.5
6.1 1.9 25 0.14 40.565 4 23.18 63.745
9
56CD&6
0
7CD
Deputy
26.6 16.642
General 5.965 4.464 25 0.14 93.197 2.5 109.83
2 3
Room
13.3 8.3718
PA 3 4.465 25 0.14 46.882 2.5 55.2543
9 7
2.93
Pantry 2.066 1.42 25 0.14 10.268 2.5 1.833 12.101
3
Store 1.5 1.42 2.13 25 0.14 7.455 5 5.325 12.78
Toilet 2.29 1.42 3.25 25 0.14 11.381 2 1.6259 13.002
56DE&6
7DE
7.25 18.142
Archive 4.425 1.64 25 0.14 25.399 5 43.542
7 5
Financial
18.3 11.463
Administ 3.075 5.965 25 0.14 64.198 2.5 75.6622
4 9
ration
Lobby 6.275 1.2 7.53 25 0.14 26.355 4 15.06 41.415
Room 1.8 1.8 3.24 25 0.14 11.34 2.5 2.025 13.365
56EF(Ad
53.2 186.43
ministrati 5.965 8.93 25 0.14 2.5 33.292 219.7282
6 6
on)
20.4
35CE 4.675 4.375 25 0.14 71.585 2.5 12.783 84.36914
5
Centre 92.2 322.73
25 0.14 4 184.42 507.155
lobby 1 5
23CD(B
15.6 54.840 31.337
EFORE 2.875 5.45 25 0.14 4 86.178125
6 6 5
STAIR)
SLAB
ASIDE 7.42 25.981 14.846
25 0.14 4 40.827875
FIRE 3 3 5
EXIT
TOTA
2986.8612
L

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 65
SECOND FLOOR:

Unit Dead Live Live

Length Breadth Area Thickn Total
Slab Id Weight Load Load Load
(m) (m) (m2) ess (m) Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (kN) (kN/m2 (kN)
12DE &
23DE
Environ
27.9 97.915 17.484
ment 4.69 5.965 2.5 115.4003
7 4 9
Section
8.72 30.548 21.820
Store 2.34 3.73 8 7 5 5 52.3692
8.49 29.735 16.991
Lobby 5 8 4 9 46.727725
23EF
6.01
Store 3.34 1.8 2 21.042 5 15.03 36.072
Electricit
y 29.9 104.95 18.742
2.5 123.7005
Inspectio 8 8 5
n
34EF &
34FG
Store 2.85 1.8 5.13 17.955 5 12.825 30.78
Project
48.8 171.04 30.543
Inspectio 2.5 201.58875
7 5 7
n
45EF & 0.14 25
45 FG
16.4 57.655 10.295
PA 5.78 2.85 7 5 2.5 6 67.951125
2.86 10.018 1.7889
Pantry 1.31 2.185 2 2 2.5 6 11.807193
Inspectio
31.4 110.11 19.663
n 2.5 129.78136
6 7 8
Division
3.20
Toilet 1.5 2.135 2 11.208 2 1.6012 12.81
56EF &
56DE
Meeting 73.3 256.74 45.847
Hall 6.075 12.075 5 4 2.5 2 302.59195
67DE
Room 3 6 18 63 2.5 11.25 74.25
67CD
13.3 46.812
Room 7 5 2.5 8.3593 55.1718
4.62 16.187
Toilet 2.5 1.85 5 5 2 2.3125 18.5
56CD

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 66
 15.9 55.969
Secretary 5.89 2.715 9 7 2.5 9.9945 65.96431
20.0 70.030 12.505
Power Development Fund 0 2 2.5 4 82.53568
56BC
10.5 36.843
w/c male 4.12 2.555
2 1 2 5.2633 42.1064
w/c 12.4 43.600
female 5.89 2.115 5 7 2 6.2286 49.8294
4.48
Pantry 2.55 1.76 8 15.708 2.5 2.805 18.513
8.52
Lobby 8 29.848 4 17.056 46.904
23BC, 34BC, 45BC,34AB & 45AB
Project 136. 476.37 85.066
office 1 3 2.5 6 561.4401
7.89 27.626 15.786
lobby 3 2 4 4 43.4126
35CE
Fire
90.3 316.20 180.68
House 4 496.892
4 4 8
Cabinet
Total 2687.0996

THIRD FLOOR:

Unit Dead Live Live

Lengt Breadt Area Thicknes
S.N Slab Id Weight Load Load Load
h (m) h (m) (m2) s (m)
(kN/m3) (kN) (kN/m2 (kN)
1 12DE & 23DE
Office 17.484
a. room 4.69 5.965 27.9758 97.9154 2.5 9
21.820
b. Store 2.34 3.73 8.7282 30.5487 5 5
16.991
c. Lobby 8.4959 29.7358 4 9
2 23EF, 34EF & 34FG
a. Project Inspection 90 0.14 25 315 2.5 56.25
3 45EF & 45 FG
10.295
a. PA 5.78 2.85 16.473 57.6555 2.5 6
1.7889
b. Pantry 1.31 2.185 2.86235 10.0182 2.5 6
31.4621 110.117 19.663
c. Project Studies Division 2.5
5 5 8

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 67
 11.2087 1.6012
d. Toilet 1.5 2.135 3.2025 5 2 5
4 56CD, 56DE, 56EF, 67EF & 67CD
Survey &feasibility study 487.812 87.109
a. section-II 139.375 5 2.5 3
b. Toilet 2.5 1.85 4.625 16.1875 2 2.3125
5 56BC
a. w/c male 4.12 2.555 10.5266 36.8431 2 5.2633
w/c
b. female 5.89 2.115 12.4573 43.600 2 6.2286
c. Pantry 2.55 1.76 4.488 15.708 2.5 2.805
d. Lobby 8.528 29.848 4 17.056
6 23BC, 34BC, 45BC,34AB & 45AB
Survey &feasibility study 81.218
a. section-I 129.95 454.825 2.5 75
15.786
b. lobby 7.8932 27.6262 4 4
21.5281
c. Store 3.03 2.03 6.1509 5 5 15.377
7 35CE
Fire
180.68
a. House 90.344 316.204 4
8
Cabinet
2112.38 559.74
Total 3 2
Total load 2672.125419

FORTH:

Unit Dead Live Live Total

Slab Length Breadth Area Thickne
Weight Load Load Load Load
ID (m) (m) (m2) ss(m)
(kN/m3) (kN) (kN/m2) (kN) (kN)
19.1
CSN 12 2.389 25 0.14 66.892 4 38.224 105.116
1
19.1
CSE 12 2.389 25 0.14 66.892 4 38.224 105.116
1
19.1
CSS 12 2.389 25 0.14 66.892 4 38.224 105.116
1
19.1
CSW 12 2.389 25 0.14 66.892 4 38.224 105.116
1
AB34,
12 3 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
AB45
BC23,
12 6 72 25 0.14 252 4 144 396
BC34
BC45 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
BC56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 2 18 144
CE35 12 12 144 25 0.14 504 2.5 90 594

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 68
 - - -
Deduc -
7.325 7.325 53.6 25 0.14 187.794 2.5 221.329
tion 33.534
5 6 4
194.748
CD56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 3.8193 68.748
2
CD67 6 3 18 25 0.14 63 3.4861 31.375 94.375

DE12 6 3 18 25 0.14 63 3.6441 32.797 95.797

DE23 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
Deduc
4.4 2 -8.8 25 0.14 -30.8 5 -22 -52.8
tion
DE56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
DE67 6 3 18 25 0.14 63 3.6441 32.797 95.7975
EF23 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 5 90 216
EF34 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 5 90 216
EF45 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
EF56 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
FG34 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
FG45 6 6 36 25 0.14 126 4 72 198
3777.05
Total
2

TOP FLOOR:

Unit Thickn Dead Live Live

Lengt Breadth Area Total
Slab ID Weight ess Load Load Load
h(m) (m) (m2) Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (m) (kN) (kN/m2) (kN)
North curve part 3-4- 57.3
25 0.14 200.69 4 114.68 315.382
5(Terrace) 4
12.07 72.0
2-3-4 B-C 5.965 25 0.14 252.09 4 144.05 396.1505
5 2
4-5 B-C 0 0 0
Project 23.7
3.915 6.075 25 0.14 83.242 4 47.567 130.8099
Office 8
6.70
Lobby 25 0.14 23.458 4 13.404 36.8625
2
5-6 B-C 0 0 0
4.48
Pantry 2.55 1.76 25 0.14 15.708 2.5 2.805 18.513
8
10.5
Toilet(M) 4.12 2.555 25 0.14 36.843 2 5.2633 42.1064
2
12.4
Toilet(F) 5.89 2.115 25 0.14 43.600 2 6.2286 49.8294
5
10.9
Lobby 25 0.14 38.239 4 21.851 60.0902
2
Slab (fire 8.33
25 0.14 29.177 4 16.673 45.850
exit) 6
1-2 C-D

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 69
West curve
8.50
part(Terrac 25 0.14 29.757 5 21.255 51.012522
2
e)
Stairs *
D-E West
curve 27.4
25 0.14 96.192 5 68.709 164.902
part(Terrac 8
e)
2-3 C-D 14.7
2.575 5.725 25 0.14 51.596 4 29.483 81.08031
slab (Stairs) 4
3-4-5 C-D-
12 12 144 25 0.14 504 2.5 90 594
E
-
Deduction - -
-7.325 7.325 53.6 25 0.14 2.5 -221.3294
(Void) 187.79 33.537
5
5-6 C-D
35.7
(Project 6.075 5.89 25 0.14 125.23 4 71.563 196.799
8
Office)
6-7 C-D
21.0
East curve part (Terrace) 25 0.14 73.727 4 42.130 115.8581
6
Disabled 4.62
2.5 1.85 25 0.14 16.187 2 2.3125 18.5
Toilet 5
28.6
D-E East curve part (Terrace) 25 0.14 100.35 4 57.343 157.69411
7
2-3 D-E
12.7
Store 4.14 3.09 25 0.14 44.774 5 31.981 76.7556
9
Multi-
8.05
media 3.13 2.575 25 0.14 28.209 2.5 5.0373 33.24646
9
center
5.58
Lobby 25 0.14 19.540 4 11.166 30.707187
3
Lift * 0 0 0
5-6 D-E-F
73.3
(Project 6.075 12.075 25 0.14 256.74 4 146.71 403.455
5
Office)
2-3-4 E-F
(Auditoriu 11.96 71.2
5.955 25 0.14 249.38 4 142.50 391.883
m with 5 5
fixed seats)
4-5 E-F 37.2 130.54
5.944 6.275 25 0.14 4 74.597 205.1423
(Lobby) 9 51
3-4-5 South
57.4
curve part 25 0.14 201.02 4 114.87 315.9009
3
(Terrace)
3711.2060

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 70
ROOF:

Unit Thickn Dead Live Live

Slab Length Breadth Area Total
Weight ess Load Load Load
ID (m) (m) (m2) Load (kN)
(kN/m3) (m) (kN) (kN/m2) (kN)
Centra
24 24 576 25 0.14 2016 1.5 216 2232
l Slab
Left
6 3 18 25 0.14 63 1.5 6.75 69.75
Slab
Right
6 3 18 25 0.14 63 1.5 6.75 69.75
Slab
-
Centra
7.325 7.325 53.65 25 0.14 187.79 1.5 20.1208 -167.673
l Void
4
1954.2 249.620
Total 2203.8261
0 8

 Column:
FOR ALL FLOORS EXCEPT ROOF:

Unit
Width Depth Span
No. of Column Weight Load(kN)
(m) (m) (m)
(kN/m3)
All Column 5*5+4*3-1=36 0.85 0.85 3.465 25 2253.11625
Total 2253.11625

FOR ROOF:

No. of Unit
Width(m) Depth(m) Span(m) Load(kN) Remarks
Column Weight(kN/m3)
Span=half
5*5+2=27 0.85 0.85 1.7325 25 844.9185938 of storey
height
Total 844.9185938

 Beam:
UPPER BASEMENT & GROUND FLOOR:

Beam Width(m) Depth(m) Span(m) Unit Weight(kN/m3) Load(kN)

B-to F 26 0.35 0.55 24 25 577.5
2 to 6 BF 0.35 0.55 24 25 577.5
Extended Beam 0.35 0.55 3 25 173.25

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 71
 Total 1328.25

Secondary Beam Load

Unit
Beam Width(m) Depth(m) Span(m) Load(kN)
Weight(kN/m3)
B', C', D', E' 0.25 0.35 24 25 210
2',3',4',5' 0.25 0.35 24 25 210
Extended Beam 0.25 0.35 3 25 52.5
Deduction on
0.25 0.35 -9 25 -78.75
Staircase
Deduction on
0.25 0.35 -6 25 -52.5
Staircase
Total 341.25

FIRST, SECOND & THIRD FLOOR:

Unit Weight
Beam Width (m) Depth (m) Span (m) Load(kN)
(kN/m3)
A. Primary
1 1CD 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
2 1DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
3 2BC 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
4 2DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
5 2EF 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
6 3AB 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
7 3BC 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
8 3CD 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
9 3DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
10 3EF 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
11 3FG 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
12 4AB 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
13 4BC 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
25
14 4EF 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
15 4FG 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
16 5AB 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
17 5BC 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
18 5CD 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
19 5DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
20 5EF 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
21 5FG 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
22 6BC 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
23 6CD 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
24 6DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
25 6EF 0.35 0.55 6 28.875

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 72
26 7CD 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
27 7DE 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
28 34A 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
29 45A 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
30 23B 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
31 34B 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
32 45B 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
33 56B 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
34 12C 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
35 23C 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
36 34C 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
37 45C 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
38 56C 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
39 67C 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
40 12D 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
41 23D 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
42 56D 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
43 67D 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
44 12E 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
45 23E 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
46 34E 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
47 45E 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
48 56E 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
49 67E 0.35 0.55 3 14.4375
50 23F 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
51 34F 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
52 45F 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
53 56F 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
54 34G 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
55 45G 0.35 0.55 6 28.875
B. Secondary Total 1414.875
1 Between 2&3
a 2'BC 0.2 0.3 6 9
b 2'DF 0.2 0.3 12 18
2 Between 3&4
a 3'AC 0.2 0.3 9 13.5
b 3'EG 0.2 0.3 9 13.5
3 Between 4&5
a 4'AC 0.2 0.3 9 13.5
b 4'EG 0.2 0.3 9 25 13.5
4 Between 5&6
a 5'BF 0.2 0.3 24 36
5 Between B&C
a 26B' 0.2 0.3 24 36
6 Between C&D
a 57C' 0.2 0.3 9 13.5

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 73
 7 Between D&E
a 12D' 0.2 0.3 3 4.5
b (2 to lift)D' 0.2 0.3 3.925 5.8875
c 57D' 0.2 0.3 9 13.5
8 Between E&F
a 26E' 0.2 0.3 24 36
C. Cantilever beam
a Inside 35CE 0.35 0.55 9.35 44.99688
D. End Beams
a In void 35CE 0.2 0.3 29.3 43.95

Grand Total 1730.209

FORTH:

Width Depth Span Load

Beam Unit Weight (kN/m3) Remarks
(m) (m) (m) (kN)
X-
B-to F 26 0.35 0.55 24 25 577.5 spanning
Beam
Y-
2 to 6 BF 0.35 0.55 24 25 577.5 Spannin
g
12
Extended beams in
0.35 0.55 3 25 173.25
Beam four
sides
4 Beams
Beam||curv
0.35 0.55 12 25 231 in 4
e Axis
Sides
Beams
Deduction 0.35 0.55 -12 25 -115.5
on Void
Total 1443.75

Secondary Beam Load

Beam Width Depth Span Unit Weight Load Remarks
(m) (m) (m) (kN/m3) (kN)
B', C', D', 0.25 0.35 24 25 210 Spanning
E' along-X
2',3',4',5' 0.25 0.35 24 25 210 Spanning
along-Y
Extended 0.25 0.35 3 25 52.5 2 on each side
Beam
Deduction 0.25 0.35 -7.325 25 - 2 on each
on Void 64.0938 direction

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 74
 Deduction 0.25 0.35 -9 25 -78.75 Along X
on
Staircase
Deduction 0.25 0.35 -6 25 -52.5 Along Y
on
Staircase
Total 277.156
3

TOP FLOOR:

Unit weight
Beam Width(m) Depth(m) Span(m) Load(kN)
(kN/m3)
A. Primary
1 1CD 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
3 2BC 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
4 2DE 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
5 2EF 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
8 3CD 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
9 3DE 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
10 3EF 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
13 4BC 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
14 4EF 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
17 5BC 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
18 5CD 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
19 5DE 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
20 5EF 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
22 6BC 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
23 6CD 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
24 6DE 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
25 6EF 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
30 23B 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
31 34B 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
32 45B 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
33 56B 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
34 12C 0.35 0.55 2.15 24 9.933
35 23C 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
36 34C 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
37 45C 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
38 56C 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
39 67C 0.35 0.55 2.15 24 9.933
40 12D 0.35 0.55 2.15 24 9.933
41 23D 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
42 56D 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
45 23E 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
46 34E 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 75
 47 45E 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
48 56E 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
50 23F 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
51 34F 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
52 45F 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
53 56F 0.35 0.55 5.15 24 23.793
54 4 C-D-E 0.35 0.55 10.3 24 47.586
55 D 3-4-5 0.35 0.55 10.3 24 47.586
Deduction
56 0.35 0.55 -14.65 24 -67.683
(void)
(Curve
57 24 0
part)
3 0.35 0.55 6.66 24 30.7692
4 0.35 0.55 9.66 24 44.6292
5 0.35 0.55 6.66 24 30.7692
D 0.35 0.55 4.83 24 22.3146
E 0.35 0.55 6.66 24 30.7692
Total 1049.2944

ROOF:

Unit
Width( Depth Span
Beam Weight Load(kN) Remarks
m) (m) (m)
(kN/m3)
B26, E26,
0.35 0.55 24 25 346.5
F26
Horizontal
C17 0.35 0.55 30 25 144.375
Spanning Beams
D16 0.35 0.55 27 25 129.9375

2,3,4,5,6FA 0.35 0.55 24 25 577.5 Vertically Spanning

Beams
1DC 0.35 0.55 6 25 28.875
Deduction 0.35 0.55 6 25 -57.75 Beam on Void
Total 1169.4375

Secondary Beam Load

Width Span Unit
Beam Depth (m) Load(kN) Remarks
(m) (m) Weight(kN/m3)
B', C',
0.25 0.35 72 25 157.5 Spanning
D'
Horizontally
C' 0.25 0.35 27 25 59.0625
2',3',4', Spanning
0.25 0.35 96 25 210
5' Vertically
Deducti
0.25 0.35 29.3 25 -64.0938 Beams on Void
on
Total 362.4688

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 76
 Wall Load:
UPPER BASEMENT:

Width Height Unit

Walls Length (m) Load (kN/m) Load (kN)
(m) (m) Weight(kN/m3)
B35 9.7 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 36.97155
3CD Wall 270 1.525 0.27 1.7325 20 9.3555 14.2671375
3CD Wall 230 1.525 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 12.1534875
DE67 6.7 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 25.53705
C67 2.45 0.26 1.7325 20 9.009 22.07205
Total 111.001275

GROUND FLOOR:

Unit
Load
Walls Length(m) Width(m) Height(m) Weight Load (kN)
(kN/m)
(kN/m3)
110 Walls on BC56 24.218 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 92.306907
230 Wall on BC56 6.864 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 54.702648
D12 Wall 110 2.45 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 9.338175
C23 Wall 110 5.45 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 20.772675
3CD Wall 270 1.525 0.27 1.7325 20 9.3555 14.2671375
3CD Wall 230 1.525 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 12.1534875
D23 Wall 110 3.76 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 14.33124
CD56 Wall 230 1.257 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 10.0176615
CD56 Wall 110 4.04 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 15.39846
CD Wall 110 5.55 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 21.153825
AB34 Wall 110 7.2 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 27.4428
AB45 Wall 110 4.95 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 18.866925
BC45 Wall 110 1.965 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 7.4895975
CD67 Wall 110 4.915 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 18.7335225
Total 336.9750615

FIRST FLOOR & SECOND FLOOR & THIRD FLOOR:

Unit
S. Length Breadth Height Load Load(kN/m
Walls Weight
N (m) (m) (m) (kN) or kN/m2)
(kN/m3)
1 Grid 56BC
A Slab 56BC
142.763
a. 1 brick wall 9.334 0.23 3.325 20 5
b. 1/2 brick wall 17.327 0.11 3.325 126.747 6.8319
Deduct 1-1.1m door 1.1 0.23 2.1 10.626

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 77
 Deduct 4-0.7m doors 2.8 0.11 2.1 12.936
B Beam 5BC
17.9583
a. 1/2 brick wall 2.455 0.11 3.325 2.9930
3
C Beam 56B
a. 1/2 brick wall 2 0.11 3.325 14.63 2.4383
2 Grid 67CD
A Slab 67CD
a 1/2 brick wall 3.602 0.11 3.325 26.348 2.9276
B Beam 6CD
a 1/2 brick wall 1.257 0.11 3.325 9.1949 3.0649
3 Grid 56CD
A Beam 5CD
a 1/2 brick wall 1.257 0.11 3.325 9.1949 3.0649
4 Grid 45EF
A Beam 45E
a 1 brick wall 1.06 0.23 3.325 16.2127
8.4570
b 1/2 brick wall 1.252 0.11 3.325 9.1583
B Beam 5EF
a 1/2 brick wall 2.875 0.11 3.325 21.0306 7.0102
C Slab 45EF
a 1/2 brick wall 5.312 0.11 3.325 38.8572
3.9581
Deduct 1-0.7m door 0.7 0.11 2.1 3.234
5 Grid 45FG
A Beam 5FG
19.1287
a 1/2 brick wall 2.615 0.11 3.325 6.3762
3
B Beam 45G
a 1/2 brick wall 1.257 0.11 3.325 9.1949 3.064
C Slab 45FG
a 1/2 brick wall 4.022 0.11 3.325 29.4209
2.9096
Deduct 1-0.7m door 0.7 0.11 2.1 3.234
6 Grid 23CD
A Beam 3CD
a 1 brick wall 3.05 0.23 3.325 46.6497 7.7749
B Beam 23D
a 1/2 brick wall 4.11 0.11 3.325 30.0646 5.0107
C Beam 23C
a 1/2 brick wall 5.45 0.11 3.325 39.8667 6.6444
7 Grid 12CD
A Beam 12D

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 78
 a 1/2 brick wall 2.45 0.11 3.325 17.9215 5.9739
8 Outer Perimeter
0.88
a 100 mm Glass 120 0.1 3.465 365.904 3.0492
kN/m2
TOTAL 1020.278

FORTH FLOOR:

Length Width Height Unit Weight Load

Walls Load (kN)
(m) (m) (m) (kN/m3) (kN/m)
110 Walls on BC56 24.218 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 92.3069
230 Wall on BC56 6.864 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 54.70264
D12 Wall 110 2.45 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 9.338175
C23 Wall 110 5.45 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 20.77267
3CD Wall 270 1.525 0.27 1.7325 20 9.3555 14.26713
3CD Wall 230 1.525 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 12.15348
D23 Wall 110 3.76 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 14.33124
CD56 Wall 230 1.257 0.23 1.7325 20 7.9695 10.01766
CD56 Wall 110 4.04 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 15.39846
CD Wall 110 5.55 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 21.15382
DE 1 1.26 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 4.80249
E 12 2.59 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 9.871785
DE 2 1.914 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 7.295211
TOP DE 12 1.517 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 5.782045
DE 7 1.26 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 4.80249
E 67 2.59 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 9.87175
DE 6 1.914 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 7.29521
DE 67 1.517 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 5.78205
E 56 1.99 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 7.58485
EF 6 1.64 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 6.25086
EF 56 3.614 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 13.774
DE 5 1.26 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 4.80249
E 45 2.59 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 9.871785
DE 4 1.914 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 7.295211
DE 45 1.517 0.11 1.7325 20 3.8115 5.78204
Total 375.3073

FLOOR:

Length Width Height unit weight Load Load

Wall(brick)
(m) (m) (m) (kN/m3) (kN/m3) (kN)
110 Walls B-C 185.259
25.326 0.11 3.325 20 7.315
5-6 7

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 79
 125.113
230Wall B-C 5-6 8.18 0.23 3.325 20 15.295
1
Deduction (door) -4.5 0.11 2.1 20 4.62 -20.79
Deduction (door) -1.2 0.23 2.1 20 9.66 -11.592
39.8667
Wall 110 C 2-3 5.45 0.11 3.325 20 7.315
5
27.3813
Wall 270 3 C-D 1.525 0.27 3.325 20 17.955
8
23.3248
Wall 230 3 C-D 1.525 0.23 3.325 20 15.295
8
Wall 110 D 2-3 3.76 0.11 3.325 20 7.315 27.5044
Wall 230 C-D 5- 19.2258
1.257 0.23 3.325 20 15.295
6 2
Wall 230 C-D 6- 35.5149
2.322 0.23 3.325 20 15.295
7 9
Wall 110 C-D 6- 6.82489
0.933 0.11 3.325 20 7.315
7 5
E 4-5 1.06 0.27 3.325 20 17.955 19.0323
476.666
total
2

ROOF:

Length Width( Height( Unit Load Load

Walls
(m) m) m) Weight(kN/m3) (kN/m) (kN)
230 Parapet
49.308 0.23 1.75 20 8.05 396.9294
wall
230 Truss
Supporting 44.76 0.23 1.5 20 6.9 308.844
wall
Wall Load From Top Floor= 375.31
1081.083
Total
4

 Truss:

Truss Load
The Truss Load was calculated as per Duggal (Limit State Design of Steel Structure)
Information about Truss
Span = 7m approx.
Angle 40deg

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 80
 =(span/3+5)*10
Self-Weight truss 73.333333
N/m2

Self-Weight Bracing N/m2 15 As per Duggal

Total truss Area= 24*24m2 576
Hz weight=Sloping weight
Roofing Material
N/m2 250 (Assumed) For conservative
(Glazing)
design

Live Load(access not

750-20(40-10)N/m2 150
provided)

338.33333
Total Load N/m2
3
Total Load kN 194.88

 Staircase:

Staircase Length(m)
1st Flight 1.712
1st Landing 0.6
2nd Fight 2.054
2nd Landing 2.421
3rd Flight 1.753
3rd Landing 0.6
4th Flight 1.816
Total Length 10.956

Width (m) 2.25

Thickness (m) 0.14
Volume Waist Slab 3.45114

Volume Of Each Rise-Tread 0.0556875

Number Of Rise-Tread 21
Total Rise Tread Vol(m3) 1.1694375

Total Staircase Vol(m3) 4.6205775

Unit Weight(kN/m3) 25

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 81
 Total Weight(kN) 115.514438

 Lumped Mass:

Floor Upper
Ground First Second Third Forth Top Roof
Basement
Mass
8030.5308 8474.2 7700.4822 7263.8572 7248.8830 8126.3825 6924.0038 5856.6144
(kN)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 82
 5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Figure 4 Building Model in ETABS

 Centre of mass and Centre of stiffness:

Centre of mass of each storey was calculated manually, along with the center of rigidity for the
preliminary architectural plan. Additionally, these values were generated from the ETABS
model, and compared. Eccentricity thus observed was used in determining changes, to
structural configuration.
During an earthquake, the seismic forces that act throughout the body of structure can
equivalently be analyzed as acting about the center of mass of each floor. This equivalence
holds true only when the floor acts as a rigid body. Reinforced concrete slabs have very high
in-plane rigidity and hence this condition is fulfilled. In response to the seismic forces,
restoring forces are generated due to the stiffness of columns, and shear walls against
relative

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 83
drifts at their ends. These restoring forces acting at each column to slab and shear wall to slab
connection can be equivalently analyzed as acting through the center of rigidity.
Any difference in location of these centers i.e. center of mass and center of rigidity, creates a
torque that rotates the floor. The difference in the position of the centers is called
eccentricity. And the effect seen in case of pronounced eccentricity is called Torsional
irregularity.
Eccentricity can’t be completely eliminated from the structure. And in design, an extra amount
of eccentricity is added to calculated eccentricity to take into account minor oversight and
approximations in assessing mass and stiffness distribution, as well as to take into account the
unknown variations in configuration of live load, furniture and such.

Comparison of Results obtained from Manual Calculation and ETABS

Eccentricity Before addition of the counter-shear wall:

Table 2: Manual calculation of eccentricities

Floor Centre of Mass Centre of Stiffness Eccentricity Eccentricity

Level
x (m) y (m) x(m) y(m) ex (m) ey (m) ex(%) ey(%)
Roof
14.30671 15.2415 10.97773 15.13719 3.32898 0.104314 11.097 0.348
Level
Top
15.34241 15.22732 11.83156 14.8016 3.51085 0.425722 11.703 1.419
Floor
4th floor 15.21595 15.1725 11.83156 14.8016 3.38439 0.370902 11.281 1.236
3rd floor 15.21057 15.1894 11.83156 14.8016 3.37901 0.387802 11.263 1.293
2nd
15.25593 15.2137 11.83156 14.8016 3.42437 0.412102 11.415 1.374
floor
1st floor 15.19438 15.42083 11.83156 14.8016 3.36282 0.619232 11.209 2.064

Table 3:Eccentricities obtained from ETABS model analysis

Floor Centre of Mass Centre of Stiffness Eccentricity Eccentricity

Level x (m) y (m) x(m) y(m) ex (m) ey (m) ex(%) ey(%)
Roof
14.3235 15.118 11.2683 14.7931 3.0552 0.3249 10.184 1.083
Level
Top Floor 15.5756 15.1864 11.1115 14.7271 4.4641 0.4593 14.88 1.531
4th floor 15.6299 14.7855 10.9349 14.6843 4.695 0.1012 15.65 0.337
3rd floor 16.0774 14.7599 10.8962 14.6421 5.1812 0.1178 17.271 0.393
2nd floor 16.0305 15.0899 11.1889 14.5975 4.8416 0.4924 16.139 1.641
1st floor 16.0145 14.8422 12.2616 14.6036 3.7529 0.2386 12.51 0.795

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 84
Table 4: Comparison of Manual and ETABS eccentricities calculation

Eccentricity from Eccentricity from

Floor Difference Difference
Manual Calculation ETABS
Level
ex (m) ey (m) ex (m) ey (m) ex (m) ey (m) ex(%) ey(%)
Roof
3.32898 0.104314 3.0552 0.3249 0.27378 -0.22059 0.913 -0.735
Level
-
Top Floor 3.51085 0.425722 4.4641 0.4593 -0.03358 -3.178 -0.112
0.95325
-
4th floor 3.38439 0.370902 4.695 0.1012 0.269702 -4.369 0.899
1.31061
-
3rd floor 3.37901 0.387802 5.1812 0.1178 0.270002 -6.007 0.9
1.80219
-
2nd floor 3.42437 0.412102 4.8416 0.4924 -0.0803 -4.724 -0.268
1.41723
-
1st floor 3.36282 0.619232 3.7529 0.2386 0.380632 -1.3 1.269
0.39008

Table 3 shows that the eccentricities obtained from manual calculations and ETABS analysis
are nearly equal with maximum discrepancy of 6.0%.
From Table-1 and Table-2, it is clear that there is high eccentricity in the current model.
Hence the addition of shear wall to reduce thus obtained eccentricity is essential. Therefore,
shear walls of length 3m are added at, right halves of grids 4-5-A & 4-5-G, upper half of grid
7- C-D and the lower half of grid 7-D-E upto the top floor level.

Figure 5 : Placing of Counter Shear Wall

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 85
Table 5: Eccentricities after addition of shear walls

Floor Centre of Mass Centre of Stiffness Eccentricity Eccentricity

Level x (m) y (m) x(m) y(m) ex (m) ey (m) ex(%) ey(%)
Roof
14.221 15.081 13.854 14.699 0.367 0.382 1.223 1.273
Floor
Top Floor 15.493 15.127 14.265 14.656 1.228 0.471 4.093 1.57
4th floor 15.648 14.744 14.418 14.667 1.23 0.077 4.1 0.257
3rd floor 16.075 14.716 14.705 14.665 1.37 0.051 4.567 0.17
2nd floor 16.03 15.031 15.263 14.611 0.767 0.42 2.557 1.4
1st floor 16.036 14.795 16.061 14.512 -0.025 0.283 -0.083 0.943

From the tabulated value for the eccentricities obtained after addition of shear walls, it is
observed that the eccentricity which before the addition of shear wall ranging above 11% on x-
direction has now been drastically reduced to less than 5% on all the floor even reaching
nearly zero at the first floor.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 86
 Base Shear Comparison

According to IS 1893 (Part 1):2016 Cl. 6.4.2:

The design horizontal seismic coefficient Ah for a structure shall be determined by the
following expression
𝑍 𝑆𝑎

𝐴ℎ = ( ) 𝑥 ( )
2 𝑔
𝑅
𝐼

Where,
Z = Zone factor given by IS 1893 (Part I): 2016 Table 3
I = Importance Factor
R = Response reduction factor given by IS 2016 (Part I): 2016
Sa/𝑔 = Average response acceleration coefficient which depends on approximate fundamental
natural period of vibration (Ta).

The base shear is calculated manually and from ETABS. Manual Calculation was as per
follows: For the building in this study, following data were adopted:
Table 6: Parameter adopted for base shear calculation

Z= 0.36 Zone V
I 1.5
SMRF with
R 5
structural wall
Site Medium
Condition Soil

Table 7: Base shear calculation

Base
Ah=(z/2)*(Sa/g)*(I/ From Errors
Direction T Sa/g Shear
R) ETABS (%)
=Ah*W

X 1.07 1.2710 0.068636 3541.416 3752.278 5.6195

Y 0.96 1.4166 0.0765 3947.203 4131.983 4.4719

The Base shears from manual Calculation and from ETABS are approximately similar. The
minor errors may due to cantilever slab and beam on top and roof floors which weren’t
considered during manual calculation of seismic weight.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 87
 Time Period Calculation

The time period in ETABS model and in manual calculation was determined as per IS 1893:2016
clause 7.6.2 (b)

0.075ℎ0.75 0.09ℎ
𝑇𝑎 = ≥
√𝐴𝑤 √𝑑
𝑁𝑤
𝐿𝑤𝑖
𝐴𝑤 {0.2 + ( )2}]
= ∑[𝐴𝑤𝑡
ℎ
𝑖=1

Table 8: Time period calculation in X- direction

X-direction

h 20.79
Wall
x-dim y-dim Awi Lwi Lwi/h Aw
no
a 1.600 0.200 0.32 1.600 0.07696 0.065895

b 1.600 0.200 0.32 1.600 0.07696 0.065895

c 1.600 0.200 0.32 1.600 0.07696 0.065895

c wall
3.000 0.200 0.6 3.000 0.1443 0.132494
1
c wall
3.000 0.200 0.6 3.000 0.1443 0.132494
2
Aw 0.462673

T 1.073532

Table 9: Time period calculation in Y-direction

Y-direction

h 20.79
Wall
x-dim y-dim Awi Lwi Lwi/h Aw
no
d 0.200 4.400 0.88 4.400 0.21164 0.215417

e 0.200 0.700 0.14 0.700 0.03367 0.028159

f 0.200 1.200 0.24 1.200 0.05772 0.0488

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 88
 g 0.200 0.500 0.1 0.500 0.02405 0.020058
c wall
0.200 3.000 0.6 3.000 0.1443 0.132494
3
c wall
0.200 3.000 0.6 3.000 0.1443 0.132494
4
0.57742
Aw
0.960962
T

 Check for Mass Participation Ratio

The building is modeled without basement and the results for modal mass participation ratio
are as follows:
Table 10 Modal Mass participation Factors

Period
SumU
Model UX UY SumUX RZ SumRz
Y
sec
2.18E- 2.18E- 0.001
1 0.616 0.7313 0.7313 0.0017
05 05 7
2 0.529 0 0.713 0.7313 0.7131 0.025 0.0267
0.710
3 0.472 0.0017 0.0272 0.733 0.7402 0.737
3
0.001
4 0.164 0.1472 0.0017 0.8801 0.7419 0.7384
4
0.024
5 0.15 0.0045 0.1064 0.8846 0.8483 0.7631
7
0.099
6 0.134 0.0001 0.0434 0.8847 0.8917 0.8628
7
7 0.084 0.0095 0.0234 0.8942 0.9151 0.04 0.9028
0.006
8 0.078 0.0504 0.0055 0.9447 0.9206 0.909
2
0.024
9 0.068 0.0003 0.0282 0.9449 0.9488 0.9336
7
0.002
10 0.049 0.0294 0.0014 0.9744 0.9502 0.9363
7
0.007
11 0.047 0.0021 0.0262 0.9765 0.9764 0.9435
3
0.030
12 0.042 0.0009 0.0019 0.9774 0.9783 0.9741
6

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 89
 Irregularity Check

Irregularities must be eliminated as far as possible to ensure better performance of buildings

during seismic events. In our building some irregularities were not avoidable, but since we
have used Modal Response Spectrum Methods, the effects of those irregularities have been
considered and thus their presence is acceptable. Check for plan irregularities and vertical
irregularities were done as per IS 1893 Part 1(2016).

5. .1 Vertical Irregularity
a. Stiffness Irregularity (Soft Storey):
A soft storey is the one whose lateral stiffness is less than that of the storey above. Soft
Storey check was done using lateral stiffness obtained from ETABS, and our building
conformed to this check.
Table 11: Soft storey check

Soft Storey Check in X direction Soft Storey Check in Y direction

Storey Lateral Stiffness Lateral Stiffness
Check (Ki>Ki+1) Check (Ki>Ki+1)
(kN/m) (kN/m)
Roof Floor 169834 313736
Top Floor 316322 Regular 634520 Regular
4th floor 408943 Regular 825156 Regular
3rd floor 475198 Regular 977983 Regular
2nd floor 551005 Regular 1154996 Regular
1st floor 683253 Regular 1436240 Regular
Ground floor 1042421 Regular 2198460 Regular

b. Mass Irregularity:
When the seismic weight of any floor is more than 150% of that of the floors below,
then mass irregularity is considered to exist. A roof that is lighter than the floor below
need not be considered.
Table 12: Mass irregularity check

Mass irregularity check for X and Y direction

Storey
Mass Mi/Mi-1 Check (<1.5)
Roof Floor 671808.13 - -
Top Floor 865134.56 0.78 Regular
4th floor 884964.76 0.98 Regular
3rd floor 807576.48 1.10 Regular
2nd floor 820255.57 0.98 Regular
1st floor 823609.82 1.00 Regular
Ground floor 904513.98 0.91 Regular

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 90
c. Vertical Geometric Irregularity:

Vertical geometric irregularity shall be considered to exist if the horizontal dimension

of lateral force resisting system in any Storey is more than 125% of the storey below.
Table 13: Vertical Geometric Irregularity check

Vertical Geometric Irregularity Check

Horizontal
Storey
Dimension Di/Di-1 Check (<1.25)
(mm)
Roof
28528 0.82 Regular
Floor
Top Floor 34786 1.00 Regular
4th floor 34786 1.16 Regular
3rd floor 30000 1.00 Regular
2nd floor 30000 1.00 Regular
1st floor 30000

d. In-Plane Discontinuity in Vertical Elements Resisting Lateral Force:

It is considered to exist when the in-plane offset of the lateral force resisting system is
greater than 20% of the plan length of those elements.
Since the columns and shear walls are continuous without in-plane offset throughout
the vertical dimension, the building conforms to this check.

e. Strength Irregularity (Weak Storey):

A weak storey is a storey whose lateral strength is less than that of storey above. Since
all columns and shear walls extend to the top floor in each block, the lateral force
resisting system is same in each floor. Moreover, the design forces on column and
shear wall are always greater on lower floor than in upper floors, and since strength is
provided as required by design forces, the designed strength is also greater in lower
stories compared to upper ones. Thus, weak Storey doesn’t exist in our buildings, and
no further elaborate checks are performed.

f. Floating or Stub Columns:

The columns are continuous throughout the vertical dimension and hence conform to
this check.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 91
 g. Irregular Modes of Oscillation in Two Principal Plan Directions:
A building is said to have lateral storey irregularity in a principal plan direction if:
a. the first three modes together contribute less than 65% mass participation factor
in each principal plan direction, and
b. the fundamental lateral natural periods of the building in the two principal plan
directions are away from each other by at least 10% of the larger value.

Both cases (a) and (b) are passed so as to confirm the lateral storey regularity of
our building.
5. .2 Plan Irregularity

a. Torsional Irregularity:
Torsion irregularity is considered to exist where the maximum horizontal displacement
of any floor in the direction of the lateral force (applied at the centre of mass) at one
end of the Storey is more than 1.5 times its minimum horizontal displacement at the far
end of the same Storey in that direction. Moreover, the natural period corresponding to
fundamental torsional mode of oscillation being more than those of first two
translational modes along each principal plan direction also indicates torsional
irregularity.

Figure 6: Torsional Irregularity

Table 14: Torsional Irregularity check X- direction

Torsional Irregularity Check Along X direction

Storey Minimum Maximum Check
(Δmax)/(Δmin)
displacement(Δmin) Displacement(Δmax) (<1.5)
Roof Floor 49.940 47.013 0.94 Regular
Top Floor 43.309 39.452 0.91 Regular
4th floor 35.584 32.407 0.91 Regular
3rd floor 27.492 25.358 0.92 Regular
2nd floor 19.741 18.200 0.92 Regular
1st floor 12.541 11.549 0.92 Regular
Ground floor 6.413 5.888 0.92 Regular

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 92
Table 15: Torsional Irregularity Check Along Y direction

Torsional Irregularity Check Along Y direction

Storey Minimum Maximum Check
(Δmax)/(Δmin)
displacement(Δmin) Displacement(Δmax) (<1.5)
Roof Floor 22.648 25.446 1.12 Regular
Top Floor 19.347 21.139 1.09 Regular
4th floor 15.806 17.168 1.09 Regular
3rd floor 12.313 13.120 1.07 Regular
2nd floor 8.860 9.310 1.05 Regular
1st floor 5.711 5.848 1.02 Regular
Ground floor 3.045 2.966 0.97 Regular

Also, the natural periods for first two translational modes (1.205 sec and 0.849 sec) are
greater than the natural period for torsional mode of oscillation (0.795 sec).
Hence, the building conforms to this check.

b. Re-entrant Corners:
A structure is said to have re-entrant corner in a direction if its structural configuration
has a projection of greater than 15% of its overall dimension in that direction.
As no such condition exists, the building conform to this check.

c. Floor Slabs having Excessive Cut-Outs or Openings:

Excessive openings in slabs result in flexible diaphragm behavior, and hence lateral
force is not shared in proportion to the lateral translational stiffness of frames/columns.
A building is said to have discontinuity in their in-plane stiffness when floor slabs have
cut- outs or openings of area more than 50% of full area of the floor slab.
Table 16: Flexible Diaphragm Check

Flexible Diaphragm Check

Storey Area(A) Opening Area (Ao) Ao/A Check
Storey
m2 m2 (%) (≤50%)
Roof Floor 594 53.839 9.06 Regular
Top Floor 798.864 99.125 12.41 Regular
4th floor 798.864 99.125 12.41 Regular
3rd floor 720 99.125 13.77 Regular
2nd floor 720 99.125 13.77 Regular
1st floor 720 99.125 13.77 Regular

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 93
 d. Out of Plane Offsets in Vertical Elements:
Out of Plane offset irregularity is said to exist where there is a discontinuity in a lateral
force resisting path i.e. when structural walls or frames are moved out of plane in any
storey along the height of the building.
Since no such offsets are significant in our building, the building conforms to this check.

e. Non- Parallel Lateral Force System:

Non-parallel systems do not have the vertically oriented structural systems resisting
lateral forces oriented along the two principal orthogonal axes in plan.
Since no such conditions prevail in our building, the building conforms to this check.

 Storey Drift

Storey drift is the relative displacement between the floors above and/or below the storey
under consideration. As per IS 1893:2016 Storey drift in any Storey shall not exceed 0.004
times the storey height. The limitation on storey drift is necessary to avoid discomfort to
occupants of the building and to save non-structural elements from damage. ETABS
analysis directly generates the drift in form ratio so that the result can be directly compared
with the permissible drift ratio of 0.004.

Table 17: Storey Drift Ratio

Storey Elevation (m) X-Direction <0.004 Y-Direction <0.004

Roof Floor 27.72 0.002098 OK 0.001339 OK

Top Floor 24.255 0.002268 OK 0.001222 OK

4th floor 20.79 0.002328 OK 0.001216 OK

3rd floor 17.325 0.002298 OK 0.001177 OK

2nd floor 13.86 0.002146 OK 0.001078 OK

1st floor 10.395 0.001846 OK 0.000912 OK

Ground Floor 6.93 0.001378 OK 0.000676 OK

Upper Basement 3.465 0.000669 OK 0.000351 OK

Lower Basement 0 0 OK 0 OK

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 94
 Figure 7: Storey Drift Ratio for EQx in ETABS

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 95
 Figure 8: Storey Drift Ratio for EQy in ETABS

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 96
 6 DESIGN AND DETAILING
 Design of Slab:

Slabs are plate elements forming floors and roof of a building and carrying distributed load
primarily by flexure. A slab may be supported by beams or wall and may be used as the flange
of a T or L beam. Moreover, a slab may be simply supported or continuous over one or more
supports and classified accordingly.
a) One-way slab spanning in one direction – Length is more than twice the breadth.
b) Two-way slab spanning on both direction
c) Circular slabs
d) Flat slabs (Resting directly on column)
e) Grid floor and Ribbed slab
Slab is an important structural element which rests on a beam and supports various dead
loads (self-weight, floor finishing) and live loads. The main function of slab is to transfer
gravity loads to the beams either in one way or in two-way action. The slab is considered two
ways when the ratio of longer side to smaller side does not exceed 2.
In one-way slabs, the slab deflects in shorter direction alone in a cylindrical fashion, hence
main reinforcement is provided in shorter direction. It is because substantial bending moment
develops on only one direction (i.e. shorter direction) as the utmost load will be transmitted by
the larger side. However, for two slabs, the contribution of longer span in carrying load
becomes substantial. The load is transmitted in two directions in two-way slab, which when
loaded will deflect into a dished surface.
IS 456:2000 Clause 24 gives the provision for slab design. Design forces are calculated
according to type and extent of loadings. The moments developed depends upon the edge’s
conditions. IS 456(Annex D, Table 26 and 27) provides moment coefficient to find positive and
negative moments developed in slabs with various edges conditions.
Slab are designed using same theories of beam i.e. theories of bending and shear. Following are
the method that can be used for analysis of slab:
a) Elastic analysis (Idealization on strip as Beam)
b) Semi-empirical coefficients (As given in Code)
c) Yield line theory
Reinforcement provided is least in slab among three structural members: slab, beam and
column. A slab can be distinguished from a beam as follows:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 97
 a) Minimum span of slab should not be less than four times the overall depth and slab
are much thinner than beam.
b) Slab are analyzed and designed as having unit width i.e. 1 m.
c) Compression reinforcement is used only in exceptional case.
d) Shear stress is very low in slab hence shear reinforcement is not provided. If
needed, depth is increased rather than providing shear reinforcement.

 Design of two-way slab

 Slab BC’5’6

Step 1: Depth or Thickness Calculation

Overall Depth of Slab, D = 140 mm
0.35
Clear Long Span = 3 - 0.2 − = 2.725 m
2 2
0.35
Clear Short Span = 3 - 0.2 − = 2.725 m
2 2

Diameter of the bar, 𝜙 = 12 mm

Considering bars in two layers
Effective depth, d = 140 − 15 −12 = 119 mm
2

Step 2: Effective Span

Along X-X axis:
• c/c of supports = 3 m
• clear span + effective depth = 2.725 + 0.119 = 2.844 m
Lx = 2.844 m
Along Y-Y axis:
• c/c of supports = 3 m
• clear span + effective depth = 2.725 + 0.119 = 2.844 m
Ly = 2.844 m
Lx/Ly = 1 < 2 i.e. two-way slab
Step 3: Load Calculation
Load definition Value
Live Load 4 kN/m2
Floor Finish 1 kN/m2
Self-weight 3.5 kN/m2
Dead load of wall 8.2 kN/m2
Total Load 16.7 kN/m2
Factored load 1.5* 16.5 =25.05 kN/m2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 98
Step 4: Bending Moment
𝐿𝑦 2.844
= =1
𝐿𝑥 2.844
& Interior Panel
- +
αx = 0.032 αx = 0.024
- +
αy = 0.032 αy = 0.024

+ 2 - 2
Mx+ = αx *w*Lx Mx- = αx *w*Lx =
= 4.86 kN-m 6.48 kN-m
+ 2 - 2
My+ = αy *w*Lx My- = αy *w*Lx
= 4.86 kN-m = 6.48 kN-m
Xu,lim = 0.46d = 0.46*119 = 54.74 mm
Mu,lim = 0.36*fck*bxu,lim(d-0.42xu,lim)
= 0.36 *25* 1000*54.74*(119 - 0.42*54.74)
= 47.3 kN-m > Mmax (6.48 kN-m)
Therefore, singly reinforced section can be designed.
Step 5: Design for Reinforcement
𝑨𝒔𝒕+𝑓𝑦
Mx+ = 0.87fyAst+d (1- ) (Ast+)x = 95.47 mm2
𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑘
𝑨𝒔𝒕−𝑓𝑦
Mx- = 0.87fyAst-d (1- ) (Ast- )x = 128 mm2
𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑘
𝑨𝒔𝒕+𝑓𝑦
My+ = 0.87fyAst+d (1- ) (Ast+ )y = 95.47 mm2
𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑘
𝑨𝒔𝒕−𝑓𝑦
My- = 0.87fyAst-d (1- ) (Ast-)y = 128 mm2
𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑘

The mild steel reinforcement in either direction in slabs shall not be less than 0.15% of the
total cross sectional. However, this value can be reduced to 0.12% when high strength deform
bars are used. (IS 456:2000 Cl. 26.5.2.1)
(Ast)min = 0.12% of bD = 0.12% *1000*140 = 168 mm2 > (Ast) required, so minimum
rebar(168mm2) is provided.
a. Reinforcement in x-direction
Use 12mm Ø bars then,
Spacing in y-direction taking maximum moment at x-direction
2
/4
=𝜋∗12 ∗1000 = 673.2 mm
168

But, as per codal provision, spacing ≤ 300mm

spacing ≤ 3x119mm = 357mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 99
So, we adopt spacing of bars = 300 mm

(Ast, provided)x ∗1000 = 376.99 mm2

= 𝜋∗122
/4
300

Provide 12 diameter bar at 300 c/c.

b. Reinforcement in y-direction

Use 12mm Ø bars then,

Spacing in x-direction taking maximum moment at y-direction

2
/4
=𝜋∗12 ∗1000 = 673.2 mm
168

But, as per codal provision, spacing ≤ 300mm

spacing ≤ 3x119mm = 357mm
So, we adopt spacing of bars = 300 mm

(Ast, provided)y ∗1000 = 376.99 mm2

= 𝜋∗122
/4
300

Provide 12 diameter bar at 300 c/c.

Step 6: Check for Shear

4
𝑟 4
V =w* = 25.05* 1
u 1+𝑟 4
𝐿𝑥
*2 *
2.844 = 17.81 kN
1+14 2

𝑉𝑢 17.81∗1000
𝜏v= = = 0.15 N/mm2
𝑏𝑑 1000∗119

t 376.99 ∗100= 0.32 %

P = 1000∗119
From Table 19 IS 456:2000 for Pt = 0.32% and M25 Concrete;
𝜏𝑐= 0.3964 N/mm2
Again, from Clause 40.2.1.1 of IS 456 for slab thickness ≤ 150 mm; k = 1.30
Therefore, Permissible shear stress (τ’c) = k× τc = 1.30×0.3964 = 0.515 N/mm2
Also from Table 20 of IS 456; τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2 (for M25) i.e. τv < τc’ < τc,max, hence shear
reinforcement is not required.
Step 7: Check for Deflection Criteria

𝑙 2844 =
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page
100
 𝑑 119
= 23.9

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page
101
𝛼=26 (For Continuous Slab; IS456:2000 Cl. 23.2.1)
𝛽=1 (𝛽 = 𝑆𝑝𝑎𝑛 for span > 10m, otherwise 1)
10

fs = 0.58×fy×(Ast required/Ast Provided) = 0.58×500 × (128/376.99) = 98.46

Hence, for fs = 98.46 and %Ast Provided = 0.32%, from Fig. 4 IS456:2000; 𝛾= 2
𝛿=1 (From Fig. 5 IS456:2000)
𝜆=1 (From Fig. 6 IS456:2000)
𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆= 26×1×2×1×1 = 52
Hence, 𝑙 ≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆 hence the design is safe in deflection control criterion. OK
𝑑

Step 8: Check for Development Length

The development length (Ld) is given by (IS 456: 2000, Cl. 26.2);

𝐿𝑑 = 0.87𝑓𝑦 ∅
4𝜏𝑏𝑑
0.87 ∗ 500 ∗ 12
=
4 ∗ 1.6 ∗ 1.4

= 582.589 mm

Also, from IS456:2000 Cl. 26.2.3.3

𝑀1
Ld < 1.3 + Lo
𝑉𝑢

Here M1 = moment of resistant of the section assuming all the reinforcement at the section to
be stressed to fd.
Ast provided∗fy
M1 = 0.87×fy×Ast provided × d×(1− )
bdfck
376.99∗500
= 0.87 X 500 X 376.99 X 119 X (1− )
1000∗119∗25

= 18.278 kN-m
Assuming Lo=0
1.3 𝑀1 + L
1.3∗18.278∗103 (Ok)
= 17.81
= 1334.16 mm > L d
o
𝑉𝑢

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 102
Summary of the design:
Table 18: Slab Design Summary

X Direction Y Direction
Parameters Top Bottom Top Bottom
reinforcement reinforcement reinforcement reinforcement
Design Moment
6.48 4.86 6.48 4.86
(kNm)
Ast,req (mm2) 128 95.47 128 95.47
Required
spacing for 12 Ø 673.2 1184.6 673.2 1184.6
(mm)
Provided
300 300 300 300
spacing (mm)
Ast,provided
376.99 376.99 376.99 376.99
(mm2)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 103
  Design of beam

Beams are structural members assigned to transmit the loads from slab to the column through
it. Specially, flexure is more dominant than shear in the beam.
There are three types of reinforced concrete beams:
1. Singly reinforced beams

2. Doubly reinforced beams

3. Singly or doubly reinforced flanged beams

In singly reinforced simply supported beams, reinforcements are placed at the bottom of the
beam whereas on top in case of cantilever beams.
A doubly reinforced concrete beam is reinforced in both compression and tension regions. The
necessity of using steel in compression region arises when depth of the section is restricted due
to functional or aesthetic requirements.
A complete design of beam involves consideration of safety under ultimate limit state in
flexure, shear, torsion and bond as well as consideration of serviceability limit states of
deflection, crack width, durability etc.
Basically, two types of works are performed namely, analysis of section and design of section.
In the analysis of a section, it is required to determine the moment of resistance knowing the
cross section and reinforcement details.in the design of sections, it is required to determine the
cross section and amount of reinforcement knowing the factored design loads.
Concrete Grade = M25
Steel Grade = Fe500
1. Main beam

193.894 208.262

54.345 75.266 53.925

Figure 9: Main beam moment

Main Beam – B18 Unique No: 492 Floor: Second Floor

Known Data
Concrete Grade= 25 MPa
Steel Grade= 415 MPa
Overall depth of beam, D=550mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 104
Width of beam, B= 350mm
Clear Cover = 25mm
Bar Diameter= 25mm
Effective depth, d= 550-25-10-25/2=502.5 mm

Table 19: Main beam design

Reference Step Calculations Remarks

Check for member size

IS 13920 Width of beam,b= 350 mm >200mm OK
2016 Cl. Depth of beam,D= 550 mm
6.1.2, Cl. B/D=0.63 >0.3 OK
6.1.1, Cl. C/C distance =6000 mm
1
6.1.4 and Column Size= 600 mm
Cl. 6.1.3 Clear Length = 6000-2*600/2=5400mm

Length/depth= 9.82 >4 OK

Check For Limiting longitudinal reinforcement

IS 13920 𝑓
Min. Reinforcement, Ast,min = 0.24 √ 𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝐷 = 556.63 mm2
2016 2 𝑓𝑦
Cl.6.2.2

Max. Reinforcement, Ast,max = 0.025bd= 4397 mm2

0.87
Min. Reinforcement, Ast,min= 𝑏𝑑 = 368.70 mm2
IS 456 2000 𝑓𝑦
Cl. 26.5.1

Max. Reinforcement, Ast,max= 0.04bd= 7035mm2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 105
 3 Mu,lim/fckbd2 =0.138 for Fe415
Mu,lim=0.138fckbd2 = 304.90 kNm
At left end(top)
Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 193.9 KNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0 KN-m
Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

IS 𝐷
Mt = 𝑇 (1 + ) = 0.000KNm
456:2000 𝑢 𝑏
Cl. 41.4.2 1.7
M=Mu+Mt= 193.894 kNm

Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

(IS 456-
2000 𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
ANNEX G. 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑
G.1.1 b)

𝑓𝑐𝑘
𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 0.5 𝑓𝑦
(1 − √1 − 4.6 𝑀
2) 𝑏𝑑
𝑓 𝑏𝑑
𝑐𝑘

Ast(top)= 1206.68mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.63%
Also, Asc= 50%
IS Area of compression steel(Asc)= 603.339 mm2 of Ast or
13920:2016 Ast,min
Cl. 6.2.4 Percentage of compression steel= 0.31% whichever
is greater
At left end(bottom)
Sagging (Positive) moment, Mu = 54.345 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 2.515 kNm

Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 106
 𝐷
𝑇 (1 + )
𝑢 = 3.80 kNm
𝑀𝑡 = 𝑏
1.7
M=Mu+Mt= 58.149KNm
Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑

𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑀
𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 0.5 (1 − √1 − 4.6 2
) 𝑏𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝑑

Ast(bottom)= 331.01 mm2 <Ast,min

So, provide Ast(bottom)=Ast,min=556.63 mm2

Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29% Asc= 50%

Also, of Ast or
Ast,min
Area of compression steel(Asc) = 556.63 mm2 whichever
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29% is greater

At mid(top)
Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 0 KNm
So, provide Ast(top)=
556.63 mm2
Ast,min=
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %
Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc )= 556.627 mm2 (Bottom)
Percentage of compression steel (%) = 0.29%

At mid(bottom)
Sagging (Positive)
75.266 kNm
moment, Mu=
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0.634 kNm

Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 107
 𝐷
Mt= 𝑇 (1 + ) = 0.96 kNm
𝑢 𝑏
1.7
M=Mu+Mt= 76.225 kNm
Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑

𝐴 = 0.5 𝑓𝑐𝑘
(1 − √1 − 4.6 𝑀
𝑏𝑑
𝑠𝑡 𝑓𝑦 2)
𝑓 𝑏𝑑
𝑐𝑘

Ast(bottom)= 438.50 mm2 <Ast,min

So, provide Ast(bottom)=Ast,min=556.63 mm2

Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %

Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc)= 556.63 mm2
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29 %

At right end(top)

Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 208.6 KNm

Torsional Moment, Tu = 2.832 KN-m
𝐷
Mt= 𝑇 (1 + )=
𝑢 𝑏 4.284 kNm
1.7
M=Mu+Mt= 212.904 kNm
Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑀
𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 0.5 (1 − √1 − 4.6 2
) 𝑏𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝑑

Ast(top)= 1344.76 mm2

Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.70 %

Also, Asc= 50%

of Ast or
Area of compression steel(Asc)= 672.381 mm2 Ast,min

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 108
 whichever
is greater
Percentage of compression steel= 0.35 %

At right end(bottom)
Sagging (Positive) moment, Mu= 53.925 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0 KNm
Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

𝐷
𝑇𝑢(1+ )
𝑀𝑡 = 𝑏
= 0.00 𝑘𝑁𝑚
1.7

M=Mu+Mt= 53.925 kNm

Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑

𝐴 = 0.5 𝑓𝑐𝑘
(1 − √1 − 4.6 𝑀
𝑏𝑑
𝑠𝑡 𝑓𝑦 2)
𝑓 𝑏𝑑
𝑐𝑘

Ast(bottom)= 298.35 mm2 <Ast,min

So, provide Ast(bottom)=Ast,min=556.63 mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29%
Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc)= 556.63 mm2
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29%

Longitudinal Detailing

Table 20: Longitudinal rebar detail in Main beam

Area of Area
Position Steel(mm2) Bars(mm) Provided(mm2) Provided % steel
Left(Top) 1206.68 2-25φ+2-20φ 1610 0.84
Left(Bottom) 603.34 2-25φ 981.7 0.51
Mid(Top) 556.63 2-25φ 981.7 0.51
Mid(Bottom) 556.63 2-25φ 981.7 0.51
Right(Top) 1344.76 2-25φ+2-20φ 1610 0.84
Right(Bottom) 672.38 2-25φ 981.7 0.51

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 109
Check for Shear

Table 21: Main beam shear check

Reference Step Calculations Remark

From Analysis Results, Shear force at :

Left end= 146.07 kN
Mid span= 54.63 kN
Right end= 168.82 kN
Torsion at:
Left end= 2.515 kNm
Mid span= 0.634 kNm
Right end= 2.832 kNm
From flexure design
Percentage of tensile steel at left end= 0.51 %
Percentage of tensile steel at mid span= 0.51 %
Percentage of tensile steel at right end= 0.51 %

Shear force due to formation of plastic hinges at both ends:

Va,D+L= 85.566 kN
Vb,D+L= 106.848 kN
Mu,AH= 247.7195 kNm
Mu,BH= 247.7195 kNm
Mu,AS= 161.6115 kNm
Mu,BS= 161.6115 kNm

Due to formation of Plastic hinges at

both ends of beam
IS
13920:201 For sway to right:
6

𝐴𝑠𝑢
Cl. 6.3.2 𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀
𝑉𝑢,𝑎 = 𝑉 + 𝑀𝐵ℎ𝑢 -9.94 kN
𝑢,𝑎 𝐿𝐴𝐵

𝐴𝑠𝑢 𝐵ℎ𝑢 202.36 kN

𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀 + 𝑀
𝑉𝑢,𝑏 = 𝑉
𝑢,𝑏 𝐿𝐴𝐵
For sway to left:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 110
 𝐴ℎ 𝐵𝑠 9.94 kN
𝑉𝑢,𝑎 = 𝑉𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀 𝑢 + 𝑀 𝑢
𝑢,𝑎 𝐿𝐴𝐵

𝐴ℎ 𝐵𝑠 -202.36 KN
𝑉𝑢,𝑏 = 𝑉𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀 𝑢 + 𝑀 𝑢
𝑢,𝑏 𝐿𝐴𝐵

Hence, Design Shear Force at:

Left end, Vu= 146.07 kN
Mid span, Vu= 54.63 kN
Right end, Vu= 202.36 kN
1 At left End
Tensile Steel provided= 981.747 mm2

Percentage of steel provided= 0.51 %

IS
τ c= 0.493 N/mm2
456:2000
Table 19,
τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
20
Vu= 146.07 kN
Tu= 2.515 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
τc<τve
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 146.0815 kN
<τc,max
τve=Ve/bd= 0.831 N/mm2
So, Shear reinforcement needs to be designed.
IS
Vus = Ve-τc*bd= 59.375 kN
456:2000
Cl. 41.4.3 Assuming 2-legged 10 mm stirrups,
Asv = 157.08 mm2

𝑇𝑢𝑠𝑣 𝑉𝑢𝑠𝑣
𝐴𝑠𝑣 = 𝑏 + 2.5𝑑
1𝑑1(0.87𝑓𝑦) 1(0.87𝑓𝑦)

Sv= 377.86 mm
IS Minimum shear reinforcement
456:2000, 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑣
Cl. 𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = =
(𝜏 −𝜏 )𝑏
𝑣𝑒 𝑐 479.98 mm
26.5.1.5,
26.5.1.6
IS
The spacing of stirrups as confining reinforcement over a length of
13920:201
2d= 1005mm should be:
6, Cl. 6.3.5
i. d/4= 125.6 mm
ii. 8 times minimum diameter of longitudinal bar= 200mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 111
 iii. However, it need not be less than 100mm

Provide 10.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups

@100.00mm c/c up to a length of 2d= 1005mm from left end.

2 At mid
Tensile Steel provided= 981.74 mm2

Percentage of steel provided= 0.51%

IS
456:2000
τ c= 0.493 N/mm2
Table 19,
20
τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
Vu= 54.63 kN
Tu= 0.634 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 54.632 kN
τve=Ve/bd= 0.311 N/mm2
τc>τve
So, Shear reinforcement need not be designed.
Assuming 2-legged 10 mm stirrups,
Asv = 157.08 mm2

𝑇𝑢𝑠𝑣 + 𝑉𝑢𝑠𝑣
𝐴𝑠𝑣 =
𝑏 𝑑 (0.87𝑓 ) 2.5𝑑 (0.87𝑓 )
1 1 𝑦 1 𝑦

Sv= 1060.254 mm
Minimum shear reinforcement
IS
456:2000, 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑣
𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (𝜏 − 𝜏 ) 𝑏
=
Cl. 𝑐 𝑣𝑒
888.54 mm
26.5.1.5,
26.5.1.6
IS
13920:201
6 Cl. The spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than d/2=251.25 mm.
6.3.5.2

Provide 10.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups

@250.00mm c/c at mid span

3 At right End
Tensile Steel provided= 981.747 mm2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 112
 Percentage of steel provided= 0.51 %
IS
τ c= 0.493 N/mm2
456:2000
Table 19,
τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
20
Vu= 202.36 kN
Tu= 2.832 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 202.371 kN
τve=Ve/bd= 1.151 N/mm2
So, Shear reinforcement needs to be designed. τc<τve<
IS τmax
Vus = Ve-τc*bd= 115.665 kN
456:2000
Cl. 41.4.3 Assuming 2-legged 10 mm stirrups,
𝐴𝑠𝑣 = 𝑇𝑢𝑠𝑣 + 𝑉𝑢𝑠𝑣
𝑏 𝑑 (0.87𝑓 ) 2.5𝑑 (0.87𝑓 )
1 1 𝑦 1 𝑦

Asv=157.08 mm2
Sv= 280.336 mm
0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑣
𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = ( =
𝜏 𝑣𝑒−𝜏 𝑐)𝑏
246.39 mm

IS
The spacing of stirrups as confining reinforcement over a length of
13920:201
2d= 1005mm should be:
6, Cl. 6.3.5
i. d/4= 125.63mm
ii. 8 times minimum diameter of longitudinal bar = 200 mm
iii. However, it need not be less than 100mm
Provide 10.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups
@100.00mm c/c up to a length of 2d= 1005mm from left end.

IS 456- Design of side reinforcement

2000
Cl.26.5.1.7 Since d< 750mm, side face reinforcement is not
b needed

Check for deflection

Table 22: Deflection check in Main beam

Reference Step Calculations Remarks

IS 456- Clear span= 5450 mm

2000 Width of the support= 350.00 mm
Cl.22.2 1/12 of clear span= 454.17 mm <350

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 113
 So, effective span shall be taken lesser of 6000mm or
5450+502.5=5952.5mm
Effective Length(Lx)= 5952.5 mm
IS 456-
2000 α= 26
Cl.23.2.1 Span<10m
β= 1
For λ,
𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝚐𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑑
𝑓𝑠 = 0.58𝑓𝑦 = 136.47 N/mm2
𝐴𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑
% Ast= 0.51
λ= 2
γ= 1.15
δ= 1
So,
αβλγδ= 59.8
𝐿𝑥 ≤αβλγδ
= 11.87
𝑑 (OK)

Check for development length

Table 23: Development length check in Main beam

Reference Calculations Remarks

∅𝜎𝑠 25 ∗ 0.87 ∗ 415 1007.39 mm
𝐿𝑑 = = =
4𝜏𝑏𝑑 4 ∗ 1.6 ∗ 1.4 (For
tension)
mm(For
𝑀 805.915
IS456-2000 compression)
Cl.26.2.3.3 𝐿𝑑 ≤ 1.3 + 𝐿𝑜
𝑉
𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣
𝑀 = 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣(𝑑 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏

Ast,prov= 981.747 mm2

M= 166.042 kNm

V= 153.21 kN
350
𝐿 = – 25 = 150 mm
0 2

𝑀
= 1.3 + 𝐿 =1558.88 mm >Ld
𝑉 𝑜

Extend the bars 150mm from the center of the support.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 114
 2. Secondary beam

9.193 10.132

5.311
Figure 10: Secondary beam moment

Main Beam – B59 Unique No: 492 Floor: First Floor

Known Data
Concrete Grade= 25 MPa
Steel Grade= 415 MPa
Overall depth of beam, D=300mm
Width of beam, B= 200mm
Clear Cover = 25mm
Bar Diameter= 20mm
Effective depth, d= 300-25-8-20/2=257 mm

Table 24: Secondary beam design

Reference Step Calculations Remark

1 Check for member size

IS 13920 Width of beam, >200
200 mm OK
b= mm
2016 Cl.
6.1.2, Cl. Depth of beam,
300 mm
D=
6.1.1, Cl.
6.1.4 and B/D= 0.67 >0.3 OK
Cl. 6.1.3
C/C distance =6000 mm
Column Size= 600 mm
Clear Length = 6000-2*600/2= 5400 mm
Length/depth= 9.82 >4 OK

2
Check For Limiting longitudinal reinforcement
IS 13920 √𝑓𝑐𝑘
Min. Reinforcement, Ast,min = 0.24 𝑏𝐷= 173.49 mm2
2016 𝑓𝑦
Cl.6.2.2
Max. Reinforcement, Ast,max= 0.025bd= 1285 mm2
IS 456
2000 0.87
𝑏𝑑
𝑓𝑦
Min. Reinforcement, Ast,min= =107.75 mm2
Cl. 26.5.1

Max. Reinforcement, Ast,max= 0.04bd= 2056 mm2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 115
 3 Mu,lim/fckbd2 =0.138 for Fe415
Mu,lim=0.138fckbd2 = 45.57 kNm

At left end(top)
Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 9.193 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0

Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

𝐷
IS 𝑇𝑢 (1 + )
Mt= 𝑏 =
456:2000 0.000kNm
Cl. 41.4.2 1.7

M=Mu+Mt= 9.193kNm
Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section
𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑
Ast(top)=102.52<Ast,min
Ast(top)= 173.49mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %
Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc)(bottom) = 173.5 mm2
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29%

4 At left end(bottom)
Sagging (Positive) moment, Mu = 0 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0 kNm
So, provide Ast (bottom)=Ast,min=173.49 mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 % Asc=
Also, 50% of
Ast or
Area of compression steel(Asc)(Top) = 173.5 mm2
Ast,min
whichev
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29 % er is
greater

5 At mid(top)
Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 0 KNm
So, provide Ast(top)= Ast,min= 173.5 mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %
Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc )= 173.49 mm2 (Bottom)
Percentage of compression steel (%) = 0.29%

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 116
6 At mid(bottom)
Sagging (Positive) moment, Mu= 5.311 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0
Bending moment equivalent to torsion,
𝐷
𝑇𝑢(1+ )
𝑀𝑡 = 𝑏
=0
1.7

M=Mu+Mt= 5.311 kNm

Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section

𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑

𝐴 = 0.5 𝑓𝑐𝑘
(1 − √1 − 4.6 𝑀
𝑏𝑑
𝑠𝑡 𝑓𝑦 2)
𝑓 𝑏𝑑
𝑐𝑘

Ast(bottom)= 58.37 mm2 <Ast,min

So, provide Ast(bottom)=Ast,min=173.49 mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29%
Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc)(Top) = 173.49 mm2
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29%

7 At right end(top)
Hogging (Negative) moment, Mu = 10.132 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0

Bending moment equivalent to torsion,

𝐷
𝑇 (1 + )
𝑢 𝑏 = 0.000 kNm
𝑀𝑡 =
1.7
M=Mu+Mt= 10.132 kNm
Since M< Mu,lim, provide singly reinforced section
𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡
𝑀 = 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑑 (1 − )
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏 𝑑

Ast(top)= 113.40mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.19 % <Ast,min
So, provide Ast(bottom)=Ast,min=173.49 mm2
Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 117
 Also, Asc=
50% of
Area of compression steel(Asc)(Top) = 173.49 mm2 Ast or
Ast,min
Percentage of compression steel= 0.29 % whichev
er is
greater

At right end(bottom)
Sagging (Positive) moment, Mu= 0 kNm
Torsional Moment, Tu = 0 kNm
So, provide Ast(top)= Ast,min= 173.49 mm2

Percentage of tension steel (%) = 0.29 %

Also,
Area of compression steel(Asc)= 173.49 mm2 (Bottom)
Percentage of compression steel (%) = 0.29%

Longitudinal Detailing
Table 25: Longitudinal detail in secondary beam

Position Area of Steel Bars Area Provided Provided % steel

Left(Top) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05
Left(Bottom) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05
Mid(Top) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05
Mid(Bottom) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05
Right(Top) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05
Right(Bottom) 173.49 2-20φ 628.32 1.05

Check for shear

Table 26: Shear check secondary in beam

Reference Step Calculations Remark

From Analysis Results, Shear force at:
Left end= 8.771 kN
Mid span= 1.067 kN
Right end= 9.102 kN
Torsion at:
Left end= 0 kNm
Mid span= 0 kNm
Right end= 0 kNm
From flexure design

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 118
 Percentage of tensile steel at left
1.05 %
end=
Percentage of tensile steel at mid
1.05 %
span=
Percentage of tensile steel at right
1.05 %
end=

Shear force due to formation of plastic hinges at both

ends:
Va,D+L= 7.953 kN
Vb,D+L= 8.575 kN
Mu,AH= 107.234 kNm
Mu,BH= 107.234 kNm
Mu,AS= 107.234 kNm
Mu,BS= 107.234 kNm

IS
13920:20 For sway to right:
16
𝐴𝑠𝑢
Cl. 6.3.2 𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀
𝑉𝑢,𝑎 = 𝑉 + 𝑀𝐵ℎ𝑢 -42.09 kN
𝑢,𝑎 𝐿𝐴𝐵

𝐴𝑠𝑢
𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀
𝑉𝑢,𝑏 = 𝑉 + 𝑀𝐵ℎ𝑢 58.62 kN
𝑢,𝑏 𝐿𝐴𝐵
For sway to left:

𝐴ℎ 𝐵𝑠 = 58.00kN
𝑉𝑢,𝑎 = 𝑉𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀 𝑢 + 𝑀 𝑢
𝑢,𝑎 𝐿𝐴𝐵
𝐴ℎ 𝐵𝑠
𝑉𝑢,𝑏 = 𝑉𝐷+𝐿 − 1.4𝑀 𝑢 + 𝑀 𝑢 =-41.47 kN
𝑢,𝑏 𝐿𝐴𝐵
Hence, Design Shear Force at:
Left end, Vu= 58.00 kN
Mid span, Vu= 1.067 kN
Right end, Vu= 58.62 kN

1 At left End
Tensile Steel provided= 628.3 mm2

Percentage of steel provided= 1.05 %

IS
τ c= 0.645 N/mm2
456:2000
Table 19,
τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
20

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 119
 Vu= 58.00 kN
Tu= 0 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 57.99 kN
τve=Ve/bd= 0.645 N/mm2

So, Shear reinforcement need not be designed. τc=τve

Assuming 2-legged 8 mm stirrups,
Asv =100.53 mm2
IS Minimum shear reinforcement
456:2000, 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑣
Cl. 𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 259.26 mm
0.4𝑏
26.5.1.5,
26.5.1.6 Maximum spacing=0.75d= 192.75 mm
IS
13920:20 The spacing of stirrups as confining reinforcement over a
16, Cl. length of 2d= 514mm should be:
6.3.5
i. d/4= 64.25 mm
ii. 8 times minimum diameter of longitudinal bar=160 mm
iii. However, it need not be less than 100mm

Provide 8.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups

@100.00mm c/c up to a length of 2d= 514mm from left
end.

2 At mid
Tensile Steel provided= 628.318 mm2

Percentage of steel provided= 1.05 %

τ c= 0.645 N/mm2
IS
456:2000 τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
Table 19, Vu= 1.07 kN
20 Tu= 0 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 1.067 kN
τve=Ve/bd= 0.012 N/mm2
So, Shear reinforcement need not be designed. τc>τve

IS
Assuming 2-legged 8 mm stirrups,
456:2000
Cl. 40.4
Asv = 100.53 mm2
Minimum shear reinforcement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 120
 IS
456:2000, 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑣
𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 259.26 mm
Cl. 0.4𝑏
26.5.1.5,
26.5.1.6 Maximum spacing=0.75d= 192.75 mm
IS
13920:20 The spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than d/2=128.5
16 Cl mm.
6.3.5.2
Provide 8.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups
@120.00mm c/c at mid span

3 At right End
Tensile Steel provided= 628.318 mm2
Percentage of steel provided= 1.05 %
τ c= 0.645 N/mm2
IS
456:2000
Table 19, τc,max = 3.1 N/mm2
20
Vu= 58.62 kN
Tu= 0 kNm
Equivalent Shear:
Ve= Vu+1.6 Tu/b= 58.6175 kN
τve=Ve/bd= 0.652 N/mm2
So, Shear reinforcement needs to be designed.
τc<τve<τc,
IS
max
456:2000 Vus = Ve-τc*bd= 0.600 kN
Cl. 40.4

Assuming 2-legged 8 mm stirrups, = 100.53 mm2

24300.7 mm
Sv= =
Minimum shear reinforcement
IS
456:2000, 0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑣
Cl. 𝑠𝑣,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 405.10 mm
26.5.1.5, 0.4𝑏
26.5.1.6
Maximum spacing=0.75d= 192.75 mm
IS The spacing of stirrups as confining reinforcement over a
13920:20 length of 2d= 514mm should be:
16, Cl.
6.3.5 i. d/4= 64.25 mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 121
 ii. 8 times minimum diameter of longitudinal
200 mm
bar=
iii. However, it need not be less than 100mm
Provide 10.00mm diameter 2-legged vertical stirrups
@100.00mm c/c up to a length of 2d= 514mm from left
end.
IS 456- Design of side reinforcement
2000 Since d< 750mm, side face reinforcement is
Cl.26.5.1. not needed
7b

Check for deflection

Table 27: Deflection check in secondary beam

Reference Step Calculations Remarks

IS 456- Clear span= 5400 mm

2000 Width of the support= 350.00 mm
Cl.22.2 1/12 of clear span= 450.00 mm >350

IS 456- Effective Length(Lx)= 5400 mm

2000 α= 26
Cl.23.2.1 β= 1 Span<10m
For λ,
𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝚐𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑑
𝑓𝑠 = 0.58𝑓𝑦 = 199.66 N/mm2
𝐴𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑

% Ast= 1.02
λ= 1.1
γ= 1.25
δ= 1
So, αβλγδ= 35.75
𝐿𝑥 ≤αβλγδ
= 21.01 (OK)
𝑑

Check for development length

Table 28: Development length check in secondary beam

Ste Remark
Reference Calculations
p s
IS456- ∅𝜎𝑠 25 ∗ 0.87 ∗ 415
𝐿𝑑 = = =1007.39 mm (For
2000
4𝜏𝑏𝑑 4 ∗ 1.6 ∗ 1.4 4 tension)
Cl.26.2.1

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 122
 𝐿𝑑 = ∅𝜎𝑠 = 25 ∗ 0.87 ∗ 415 =805.915 mm (For
4𝜏 4 ∗ 1.6 ∗ 1.4 ∗ 1.25 2 compression)
𝑏𝑑

Also,
𝑀
𝐿𝑑 ≤ 1.3 + 𝐿𝑜
𝑉
𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣

IS456- 𝑀 = 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣(𝑑 − )
𝑓 𝑐𝑘 𝑏
2000 Ast,prov= 628.3185 mm2
Cl.26.2.3.
3
M= 46.4710 kNm
V= 153.21 kN

𝐿 =
200
- 25= 75 mm
0 2
𝑀
1.3 + 𝐿𝑜 469.310 mm >Ld
𝑉
Extend the bars 75mm from the center of the support.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 123
  Design of Column
Columns are vertical structural members which are predominantly subjected to axial forces.
Columns support the beams and slabs and transfer the load to the foundation.
On the basis of whether slenderness effects are considered insignificant or not, the column may
be classified as either a short column or a long column respectively. A short column generally
fails by direct compression whereas a long column fails by buckling. Slenderness expressed in
terms of the slenderness ratio, which is the ratio of the effective length to the least lateral
dimension of the column.
Based on the nature of loading, columns may be classified as either axially loaded, uniaxially
loaded or biaxially loaded columns. Axially loaded columns are under pure axial compression
whereas uniaxially and biaxially loaded columns have eccentric loading in one or both
directions respectively. Columns in framed structures under seismic loads are generally
biaxially loaded and hence designed accordingly.
The following steps were followed in the design of columns.
Step 1: Preliminary Design
The preliminary sizing of the column members is carried out by using the tributary area
method. The dead load and live load acting within the influence area of the column is
calculated and factored by 1.5 and the size of column is determined by designing the column
as an axially loaded column with a certain amount of longitudinal reinforcement (2%).
Step 2: Calculate effective length of column and check for long/short column.
The effective length of column is determined based on the end supports and the sway/no sway
condition. Depending on the ratio of the effective length to the least lateral dimension of the
column, the column is classified as either a short column or a long column. A column is long if
the ratio of its effective length to its least lateral dimension is greater than 12.
Step 3: Check for eccentricity
In columns, eccentricity refers to the deviation of the point of application of axial load from the
center of the column. Eccentric load causes the column to bend towards loaded point and
hence generates a bending moment in the column.
Step 4: Design of longitudinal reinforcement
The amount of longitudinal reinforcement required is then determined as a percentage of the
gross sectional area.
Step 5: Design of Lateral Ties
The diameter and spacing of lateral ties is then determined based on the design shear
strength. The diameter of the ties shall not be lesser than the greatest of the following two
values
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 124
Column Design for: Interior Column

Table 29: Interior column design

Column C29 (CC6) Grid Point 3-C

Storey Upper Basement
Load
1.5(DL+LL)
Combination

S.N. Reference Calculations Values Units Remarks

1. Known Data
Square Column Depth of
column,
Width of column, Dx 600 mm
Dy=600mm
Beam width 350 mm
Beam depth 550 mm
Height of floor 3.465 mm
Unsupported length 2.915 m
Assumptions
Clear cover 40 mm min for column
Longitudinal bar diameter,φl 25 mm
Effective cover, d' 54 mm
Grade of concrete, fck 25 MPa
Grade of steel, fy 415 MPa

2. Check for Maximum Axial Stress

IS 0.1 fck 2.5 MPa
13920:201 Factored Axial Load 6358.68 kN
6
Factored Axial Stress 17.66 MPa >0.1 fck (Ok)
Cl.7.1

3. IS Member size
13920:201 Dimension of column (D) 600 mm >300mm (Ok)
6 Since it is square column,
1 >0.4 (Ok)
Cl.7.1.2 B/D=1

4. IS Check for Minimum Member Size

13920:201
6 Dimension of column 600 mm
Cl.7.1.1 Area= 360000 mm2
Minimum dimension=20db or db=25
500 mm
300mm mm

5. Check for Slenderness

IS 456: With Modifiers
Moment of Inertia of Section
2000 Modifiers

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 125
 Clause MOI of column=bd3/12 0.00756 m4 0.7
25.2 0.35
MOI of beam section=bd3/12 0.0016984 m4
Annex E
Length of adjoining beam 5.4 m
Height of column 2.915 m
Flexural stiffness:
For columns, kc=MOI*E/L 0.002593
For beams, kb=MOI*E/L 0.0003145
0.7 and 0.35 taken
So, β1=β2=ΣKc/(ΣKc+ΣKb)
0.80479 as modifier for
=2*Kc/(2Kc+4Kb) cracked section
Type of Frame (Sway or Non-sway)
Stability index (Qx=0.012019, Qy=0.00669) <0.04

It is non-sway frame as per calculations.

For non-sway frame
Effective length ratio for both
Fig 26 0.83
axes
IS 456:
Column is
2000 Slenderness ratio=kL/d 4.0324166 <12
short.
Cl.25.1.2

6. Limiting Longitudinal Reinforcement

Min. Reinforcement=0.8%of
2880 mm2
Area
Max. Reinforcement=4% of
14400 mm2
Area
But in extreme cases;
Max. Reinforcement=6% of
21600 mm2
Area

7. Design Forces in Section

From Pu 4964.9491 kN Maximum axial
ETABS Mu2 11.99 kNm load at load
Mu3 -5.9704 kNm combination:
Vu2 0.4959 kN 1.5(DL+LL)
Vu3 -8.21 kN

8. Check for Eccentricity

IS 456: Minimum eccentricity(emin) >20mm
25.83
2000 =l/500+D/30≥20mm
Moment due to accidental 128.24463 >Mu3 and >Mu2
kNm
ecc.=Pu*emin 53
Design moment=Mux= 128.2446 kNm
Design moment=Muy= 128.2446 kNm
Column is designed as bi-axially loaded column.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 126
9. IS Longitudinal Reinforcement
456:2000 Take
d'/D= 0.09
Cl 39.6 0.1
Pu/(fckbD)= 0.552
Trial 1: take p= 1.560 %
p/fck 0.062
Referring to chart 44, SP-16
Mux/fckD3= 0.041 from table
Muy/fckD3= 0.041 from table
Mux,lim= 221.4
Muy,lim= 221.4 kNm >Mu,design (Ok)

Check for biaxial bending

Puz=0.45fckAc+0.75fyAsc 5734.8 kNm
Pu/Puz= 0.865758 >0.8
αn= 2
(Mux/Mux1)αn+(Muy/Muy1)αn= 0.671046 <1.0 (Ok)
Therefore, required longitudinal steel=1.56%.
Area of steel required = 5616 mm2
Provide 12-25mmΦ bars as longitudinal steel bars.
Provided Ast = 5892.857 mm2 >required (Ok)

10. Design for shear

IS
Percentage steel provided in
456:2000 0.818 %
tension=
Design shear strength of
0.589 N/mm2
concrete, τc=
Cl 40.2.2 Shear strength of members under axial compression
δ=1+3Pu/(Agfck) 2.65498 >1.5 Take 1.5
Actual τc= 0.8835
Shear capacity of the section,
318.06 kN
Vcx=Vcy=

Shear Force due to Formation of Plastic Hinge

End moment of the beam is tabulated below MRLS MRLH MRRS MRRH
X-axis Moment from ETABS kNm 84.84 148.55 84.84 151.40
Y-axis Moment from ETABS kNm 73.18 142.13 62.48 121.92

IS
Vp=1.4(MRLS+MRRH)/H or 1.4(MRRS+MRLH)/H
13920:201
6
>Vu from
Cl 7.5 Vpx1
95.454 kN ETABS

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 127
 >Vu from
Vpx2
94.302 kN ETABS
>Vu from
Vpy1
78.833 kN ETABS
>Vu from
Vpy2
82.672 kN ETABS
Design shear forces
Vdx= 95.45 kN
Vdy= 82.672 kN

IS Maximum shear stress:

456:2000
τcmax for M25= 3.1 N/mm2
Table 20
τvx=Vdx/A 0.265 N/mm2
τvy=Vdy/A 0.229 N/mm2
τcdx 0.8835 N/mm2
τcdy 0.8835 N/mm2
IS
456:2000
τcd > τv also τcd/2 > τv theoretically shear reinforcement is not provided but
Clause
minimum shear reinforcement is provided.
40.2.3 &
40.3

Minimum shear reinforcement

IS Which is similar
mm2/
456:2000 Asvmin/Sv=0.4*b/0.87*fy 664.73 to the results
m
Cl 40.3 & from ETABS 20
Cl 26.5.1.6 fy is taken as 415N/mm2

11. Design of Transverse Reinforcement

Diameter of ties
φt must be greater than or equal
IS
13920:201 a) 8mm
6 Cl.7.4.2
IS
456:2000 b) 1/4*25mm (we used 25mm
6.25 mm
Cl for longitudinal bars)
26.5.3.2.c
Hence, adopt ties of 8mm φ 8 mm
Area of tie (two legged) = 100.5714 mm2
Spacing of the ties
IS Sv <= 1/2 least lateral dimension
13920:201 of the 300 mm
6 Cl.7.4.2 compression member

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 128
 IS
456:2000 Sv <= 16 times the dia of
400 mm
Cl smallest longitudinal bar
26.5.3.2.c
Sv <= 300 mm
Spacing of the ties=
151.2971 mm
Area/Asvmin/Sv
Thus, provide 8mm φ lateral ties @ 150mm c/c in the central part.

IS Spacing between longitudinal

456:2000 bars
Cl.26.5.3.2 >75m
(600-40*2-8*2-25)/3 159.67 mm
b m
So, additional ties need to be provided requires smaller spacing of
stirrups for higher ductility.

12. IS Special confining reinforcement

13920:201 Special confining reinforcement has to be provided over the length lo from
6 each joint face towards mid span, and on the either side of any section,
Cl. 8.1.a) where
flexural yielding may occur under the effect of earthquake.
lo should be more than
1.Lateral dimension of column 600 mm
2. 1/6 clear span of member 485.83 mm
3. 450mm
Provide lo = 650 mm

Cl. 8.1.b) Spacing should not be more than

1. 1/4 of minimum member 150 mm
dimension of column or beam
2. 6 times diameter of smallest
150 mm
longitudinal rebar
3. 100mm
Cl. 8.1.c) Area Ash of cross section of bar forming links of at least
Ash= pi*82/4 50.28 mm2
Ash= Maximum of
0.18 sv h fck/fy(Ag/Ak-1)
0.05 sv h fck/fy
where,
Ak= area of confined concrete
core in the rectangular hoop 270400
mm2
measured to its outer dimension
= (600-80)2
h=(600-40*2)/3 173.33 mm
then,
0.18*sv*173.33*25/415(360000/270400-1) = 50.286

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 129
 sv=90.65 mm

or, 0.05*sv*173.33*25/415=50.286

sv=101.56mm

Provide spacing 100mm.

13. Splicing of vertical bars

IS
Maximum of 50% bars should be spliced at a section and the clear overlap
13920:201
of the spliced section should be more than development length (L d) of the
6
largest bars
Cl.7.3.2.1
IS
456:2000 Ld=0.87fyφ/(4τbd) 805.9151 mm
Cl. 26.2.1
Therefore, provide the overlap of 820 mm in spliced section.

14. IS Hooks on Transverse Reinforcement Amendment

13920:201 Hook length=8φ or 75mm (larger)
6
or, Hook length=8x8 or 75mm
Cl.7.4.1
or, Hook length=64mm or 75mm
Hook length= 75mm

Column Design for: Corner Column

Column C1 (CC13) Grid Point 3-G

Storey Upper Basement
Load Combination 1.5(DL-EQy-e%)
Table 30: Corner column design

S.N. Reference Calculations Values Units Remarks

1. Known Data
Square Column Depth of
column,
Width of column, Dx 600 mm Dy=600mm
Beam width 350 mm
Beam depth 550 mm
Height of floor 3.465 mm
Unsupported length 2.915 m
Assumptions
Clear cover 40 mm
Longitudinal bar diameter, φl 20 mm
Effective cover, d' 54 mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 130
 Grade of concrete, fck 25 MPa
Grade of steel, fy 415 MPa

2. Check for Maximum Axial Stress

IS 0.1 fck 2.5
13920:2016 Factored Axial Load 6358.68 kN >0.1 fck
Cl.7.1 Factored Axial Stress 17.66 MPa (Ok)

3. IS Member size
13920:2016 >300mm
Dimension of column (D) 600 mm
Cl.7.1.2 (Ok)
Since it is square column,
1 >0.4 (Ok)
B/D=1

4. IS Check for Minimum Member Size

13920:2016 Dimension of column 600 mm
Cl.7.1.1 Area= 360000 mm2
Minimum dimension=20db or
500 mm db=25 mm
300mm

5. Check for Slenderness

IS 456: With
Moment of Inertia of Section Modifiers
2000 Modifier
Cl.25.2
MOI of column=bD3/12 0.00756 m4 x0.7
Annex E
MOI of beam section=bD3/12 0.0016984 m4 x0.35
Length of adjoining beam 5.4 m
Height of column 2.915 m
Flexural stiffness:
For columns, kc=MOI*E/L 0.0025934
For beams, kb=MOI*E/L 0.0003145
0.7 and 0.35 taken as
So, β1=β2=ΣKc/(ΣKc+ΣKb)
0.8918430 modifier for cracked
=2*Kc/(2Kc+2Kb)
section
Type of Frame (Sway or Non-
sway)
Stability index (Qx=0.012019
<0.04
,Qy=0.00669)
It is no- sway frame as per calculation.
For non-sway frame,
Effective length ratio for both
Fig 26 0.918
axes
Column is
Cl.25.1.2 Slenderness ratio=kL/d 4.45995 <12
short.

6. Limiting Longitudinal Reinforcement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 131
 Min. Reinforcement=0.8%of
2880 mm2
Area
Max. Reinforcement=4% of
14400 mm2
Area
But in extreme cases;
Max. Reinforcement=6% of
21600 mm2
Area

7. Design Forces in Section

From
Pu 1471.2151 kN
ETABS
Mu2 94.635 kNm
Mu3 38.0015 kNm
Vu2 4.80 kN
Vu3 32.05 kN

8. Check for Eccentricity

IS 456: Minimum eccentricity(emin)
25.83 >20mm
2000 =l/500+D/30≥20mm
Moment due to accidental <Mu3 and
38.001486 kNm
ecc.=Pu*emin <Mu2
Design moment=Mux= 94.635 kNm
Design moment=Muy= 38.0015 kNm
Column is designed as bi-axially loaded column.

9. IS 456:2000 Longitudinal Reinforcement

Take
Cl 39.6 d'/D= 0.09
0.1
Pu/(fckbD)= 0.163
Trial 1: take p= 1.000 %
p/fck 0.040
Referring to chart 44, SP-16
Mux/fckD3= 0.09 from table
3
Muy/fckD = 0.09 from table
Mux,lim= 486 kNm
>Mu,design
Muy,lim= 486 kNm
(OK)

Check for biaxial bending

Puz=0.45fckAc+0.75fyAsc 5130 kNm
Pu/Puz= 0.2867865 <0.8
αn= 1.1446442
αn αn
(Mux/Mux1) +(Muy/Muy1) = 0.2077695 <1.0 (Ok)
Therefore, required longitudinal steel = 1%
Area of steel required= 3600 mm2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 132
 Provide 12-20mmΦ bars as longitudinal steel bars.
>required
Provided Ast= 3771.4285 mm2
(Ok)

10. IS 456:2000 Design for shear

Percentage steel provided in
0.52% <3%
tension=
Design shear strength of
0.4964 N/mm2
concrete,τc=
Cl 40.2.2 Shear strength of members under axial compression
δ=1+3Pu/(Ag*fck) 1.4904050 <1.5
Actual τc= 0.7398370
Shear capacity of the section,
266.34134 kN
Vcx=Vcy=
End moment MRLS MRLH MRRS MRRH
Moment from
Xaxis 0 0 84.842 90.8497
ETABS kNm
Moment from
Yaxis 0 0 84.842 84.842
ETABS kNm
IS Shear Force due to Formation of Plastic Hinges
13920:2016
Vp=1.4(MRLS+MRRH)/H or
Cl 7.5 1.4(MRRS+MRLH)/H
Vpx1 43.633 kN >Vu from ETABS
Vpx2 40.747 kN >Vu from ETABS
Vpy1 40.747 kN >Vu from ETABS
Vpy2 40.747 kN > Vu from ETABS
Design Shear Forces
Vdx 43.63 kN
Vdy 40.75 kN

Maximum shear stress:

IS 456:2000 τcmax for M25= 3.1 N/mm2
Table 20 τvx=Vdx/A 0.102 N/mm2
τvy=Vdy/A 0.095 N/mm2
τcdx 0.739 N/mm2
τcdy 0.739 N/mm2

IS 456:2000
τcd > τv also τcd/2 > τv theoretically shear reinforcement is not provided
Clause
but minimum shear reinforcement is provided.
40.2.3

IS 456:2000 Minimum shear reinforcement

Cl 40.3 Asvmin/Sv=0.4*b/0.
664.73 mm2/m
Cl 26.5.1.6 87*fy

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 133
 fy is taken as 415N/mm2 as per Cl 26.5.1.6

11. Design of Transverse Reinforcement

IS Diameter of ties
13920:2016 φt must be greater than or equal to
Cl.7.4.2 a)8mm
IS 456:2000
b)1/4*20mm=5mm (we used 20mm for longitudinal bars)
Cl 26.5.3.2c
Hence adopt ties
8 mm
of 8mm φ
Area of tie (2
100.5714 mm2
legged)
Spacing of the ties
Sv <= 1/2 least
IS lateral dimension
13920:2016 of the 300 mm
Cl.7.4.2 compression
member ie =
Sv <= 16 times the
IS 456:2000
dia of smallest 320 mm
Cl 26.5.3.2c
longitudinal bar
Sv <= 300 mm
Spacing of the
ties= 151.2971 mm
Area/Asvmin/Sv
Thus, provide 8mm φ lateral ties @ 150mm c/c in the central part.

IS 456:2000 Spacing between longitudinal bars

Cl.26.5.3.2 (600-40*2-8*2-
161.34 mm>75mm
b 20)/3
So, additional ties need to be provided requires smaller spacing of
stirrups for higher ductility.

12. Special confining reinforcement

IS
Special confining reinforcement has to be provided over the length lo
13920:2016
from each joint face towards mid span, and on the either side of any
Cl. 8.1.a)
section, where flexural yielding may occur under the effect of earthquake.
lo should be more
than
1.Lateral
dimension of 600 mm
column
2. 1/6 clear span
485.83 mm
of member
3. 450mm
Provide lo = 650 mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 134
 Spacing should
Cl. 8.1.b)
not be more than
1. 1/4 of minimum
member
150 mm
dimension of
column or beam
2. 6 times
diameter of
120 mm
smallest
longitudinal rebar
3. 100mm
4.Area Ash of cross section of bar forming
Cl. 8.1.c)
links of at least
Ash= pi*82/4 50.28571 mm2
Ash= Maximum of
0.18 sv h fck/fy*(Ag/Ak-1)
0.05 sv h fck/fy

where,

Ak= area of confined concrete core in the rectangular hoop measured to

its outer dimension = (600-80)2=270400 mm2
h=(600-40*2)/3 173.33 mm

then,
0.18*sv*173.33*25/415(360000/270400-1)=50.286
sv=90.65 mm

or, 0.05*sv*173.33*25/415=50.286
sv=101.56 mm
Provide spacing 100mm which is not less than 75mm.

13. Splicing of vertical bars

IS
Maximum of 50% bars should be spliced at a section and the clear
13920:2016
overlap of the spliced section should be more than development length
Cl.7.3.2.1
(Ld) of the largest bars
IS 456:2000
Ld=0.87fyφ/(4τbd) 644.732 mm
Cl.26.2.1
Therefore, provide the overlap of 700 mm in spliced section.

14. IS Hooks on Transverse Reinforcement Amendment

13920:2016 Hook length=8φ or 75mm (larger)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 135
Cl.7.4.1 or, Hook length=8x8 or 75mm
or, Hook length=64mm or 75mm
Hook length= 75mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 136
  Design of staircase

A staircase is a component of a structure which provides access to different levels of the

structure and also serves as an emergency escape route in case of a fire. We shall learn how to
design a staircase manually. To learn how to design, we need to know different components of
it.

There are various types of staircases used in structure based on their functionality and space
available for construction.

The following some of the important types of stairs generally used in structures:

 Geometric Stair
 Quarter turn stair
 Bifurcated stair
 Circular stair
 Spiral stair
 Open newel stair
 Dog legged stair

1. Geometrical properties
 Floor height = 3.465 m
 Tread width (T) = 300 mm
 Riser height (R) = 157.5 mm
 Number of riser = 22 (2*11)
 Number of tread = 2*10 (for two storey)
 Length of flights in each floor = 3.00m
 Width of flight = 2.25m
3
Cosα = = 0.8659
1
(32+1.73252)2

Some assumed data

 Depth of waist slab (D) = 150 mm
 Clear cover (cc) = 20mm
 Diameter of bar (𝜙) = 10mm
 Effective depth = 150-20-10/2 = 125 mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 137
2. Effective Span
Flight: c/c of supports = 3.5 m
Landing 1: Lesser of 3 m and (2.725+0.125) m =2.85 m
Landing 2: Clear span between supports =2.225 m
3. Load Calculation
Load calculation for landing
Dead load from slab = 0.150m * 25kN/m3
= 3.75kN/m2
Floor finish = 1kN/m2
Total dead load = 3.75+1 = 4.75 kN/m2
Imposed load = 4kN/m2
Load calculation for going
338.83
Wt. of waist slab on horizontal plane = 25*0.15* = 4.24 kN/m2
300
Wt. of steps = 25*0.5*0.1575 = 1.97 kN/m2
Floor finish = 1 kN/m2
Total dead load = 4.24+1.97+1 = 7.21 kN/m2
Imposed load = 4 kN/m2

4. Analysis

Consider 1m width of flight.

Figure 11: Load analysis of staircase

Moment in span AB = 1.5*( 1 1

*4.75*2.852 + ∗4*2.852) = 9.696 kNm
12 10
1 2 1
Moment in span BC = 1.5*( *7.21*3.5 + ∗4*3.52) = 14.40 kNm
16 12

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 138
 1 1 1
Moment at B = Avg. of 1.5*(− *4.75*2.852 − ∗4*2.852) and 1.5*(− *7.21*3.52
10 9 10
1
− ∗4*3.5 ) 2

9
= Avg. of -11.20 and -21.42
= - 16.31 kNm
1 1
Moment at C = Avg. of 1.5*(− *4.75*2.2252 − ∗4*2.2252)
10 9
1 1
and 1.5*(− *7.21*3.5 − ∗4*3.5 )
2 2

10 9
= Avg. of -6.83 and -21.42
= - 14.12 kNm
Mu,lim = 0.133*fck*b*d2
= 0.133*25*1000*1252 = 51.95 kNm > Mmax (16.31 kNm)
Hence section can be designed as singly reinforced.
5. Design of reinforcement
𝐴𝑠𝑡𝑓𝑦
Mu = 0.87fyAstd (1- )
𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑘
𝐴𝑠𝑡∗500
16.31*106 = 0.87*500*Ast*125*(1- )
1000∗125∗25
Solving, Ast = 315.92 mm2
Use 10mm Ø bars then,
𝜋∗102/4
Spacing = ∗1000 = 248.61 mm
315.92
Provide 10 dia bar at
2 225 c/c.
𝜋∗10 /4
Ast, provided = 1000 = 349.06 mm2
∗
225

Distribution steel = 0.12% of bD = 180 mm2

Use 8mm Ø bars then,
𝜋∗82/4
Spacing = ∗1000 = 279.25 mm
180
Provide 8 dia bar at 250 c/c.
6. Check for Shear
Vu = 1.5*(0.6*7.21*3.5+0.6*4*3.5) = 35.31 kN

v
= 𝑉𝑢 = 35.31∗1000 = 0.282 N/mm2
𝜏 𝑏𝑑 1000∗125
349.06
Pt = ∗100= 0.28 %
1000∗125
From Table 19 IS 456:2000 for Pt = 0.28% and M25 Concrete;

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 139
𝜏𝑐= 0.37 N/mm2
Again, from Clause 40.2.1.1 of IS 456 for slab thickness ≤ 150 mm; k = 1.30
Therefore, Permissible shear stress (τ‘c) = k× τc = 1.30×0.37 = 0.481 N/mm2
Also from Table 20 of IS 456; τc, max = 3.1 N/mm2 (for M25) i.e. τv < τc’ < τc,max, hence
shear capacity is sufficient.
7. Check for deflection

𝑙
=
3500 = 28
𝑑 125
𝛼=26 (For Continuous Slab; IS456:2000 Cl. 23.2.1)
𝑆𝑝𝑎𝑛
𝛽=1 (𝛽 = For span > 10m, 1 Otherwise)
10
fs = 0.58×fy×(Astrequired/AstProvided) = 0.58×500 × (315.92/349.06) = 262.5
Hence for fs = 262.5 and %AstProvided = 0.28% From Fig. 4 IS456:2000; 𝛾= 1.4
𝛿=1 (From Fig. 5 IS456:2000)
𝜆=1 (From Fig. 6 IS456:2000)
𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆= 26×1×1.4×1×1 = 36.4
𝑙
Hence, ≤ 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿𝜆 hence the design is safe in deflection control criterion. OK
𝑑
8. Check for development length
The development length (Ld) is given by (IS 456: 2000, Cl. 26.2);
0.87𝑓𝑦 ∅ 0.87∗500∗10
Ld = = = 485.49 mm
4𝜏𝑏𝑑 4∗1.6∗1.4
Also, from IS456:2000 Cl. 26.2.3.3
𝑀1
Ld < 1.3 + Lo
𝑉𝑢

Here M1 = moment of resistant of the section assuming all the reinforcement at the section to
be stressed to fd.
Ast provided∗fy
M1 = 0.87×fy×Ast provided × d×(1− )
bdfck
349.06∗500
= 0.87 X 500 X 349.06 X 125 X (1− )
1000∗125∗25
= 17.92 kN-m
Assuming Lo=0,
𝑀1
1.3 +L 1.3∗17.92∗103
= + 0 = 659.75 mm > L (Ok)
o d
𝑉𝑢 35.31

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 140
  Design of basement wall

Basement wall is constructed to retain the earth and to prevent moisture from seeping into the
building. Since the basement wall is supported by the mat foundation, the stability is ensured
and the design of the basement wall is limited to the safe design of vertical stem.
Basement walls are exterior walls of underground structures (tunnels and other earth sheltered
buildings), or retaining walls must resist lateral earth pressure as well as additional pressure
due to other type of loading. Basement walls carry lateral earth pressure generally as vertical
slabs supported by floor framing at the basement level and upper floor level. The axial forces in
the floor structures are, in turn, either resisted by shear walls or balanced by the lateral earth
pressure coming from the opposite side of the building.
The basement wall is designed as the cantilever wall with the fixity provided by the mat
foundation.
Basement wall is idealized as propped cantilever wall assuming that basement wall is rigidly
fixed as base and supported hingedly at floor slab.

Modeling of Basement wall

Ground Level Surcharge Load

Earth pressure

Upper Basement

Lower Basement

Figure 12: Idealization of basement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 141
Basement walls are commonly used in building construction to provide support and stability to
the structure. These walls are designed to resist various types of loads such as earth pressure,
surcharge loads, and lateral loads due to wind or seismic forces. In this case, the surcharge
load due to vehicular movement and earth pressure is considered as the main load acting on the
basement wall.
To design the basement wall, out of plane bending moment is considered as the critical design
parameter. The wall is analyzed and designed for moment and shear from earth pressure loads
and surcharge loads. The loading diagram is generated considering the surcharge load and
earth pressure.
The pressure at the base of the basement wall can be calculated using the Rankine's theory of
earth pressure. The Rankine's theory assumes that the soil exerts a pressure perpendicular to
the wall, which can be calculated using the following formula:
P = Ka * γ * h
Unit Weight of soil =20 kN/m2
Assuming at active pressure,
Ka=(1-sin(Ø))/(1+sin(Ø))=0.333
Assuming angle of internal friction of soil=300
Ka=0.33
P=ka*
gamma*h
P=6.6*h
At the base of basement wall, P=45.74kN/m2
The basement wall is modeled and analyzed as beam of 1m width,

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 142
Figure 13: Loading and Shear force diagram of Basement wall

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 143
Maximum positive moment = 43.4kNm
Maximum Negative moment = 84.48kNm
Shear Force = 123.12kNm
Maximum Deflection obtained from ETABS = 2.489mm
So Design M(+) = 1.5M(+)
= 65.1kNm
Design M(-) = 122.22kNm
Design V = 184.68KN
As per clause 32.3.2 walls subjected to horizontal forces perpendicular to the wall and for
which the design axial load doesn’t exceed 0.04fckAg, shall be designed as slabs
Mu,lim=0.138*fck*b*d2
d=188mm
clear cover=25mm
assuming Ø16mm is provided
overall depth = 188 + 25 + 8 =
221mm provide depth D = 225mm
d = 225-33 = 192mm
Now Reinforcement is provided at outer face for negative moment and inner side for positive
moment.

Calculation of main(vertical) Reinforcement

Table 31: Vertical Rebar requirement for basement

Location Moment Mu_lim=0.138fck*bd^2 Reb Req

Outer
122.22 127.18 2180.19478
face
Inner
65.1 127.18 1032.669343
Face

Checks
Table 32: Design checks for basement

Min.Rebar 0.12%bD 270 Okay

Dmax D/8 28.125 Okay [IS 456:2000, Cl.
3D or 675 or 32.5.a.1,26.5.2.1]
Max.Spacing Okay
300 300

The minimum thickness of wall should not be less than 100 mm.[ clause 11.2.1 sp 34]
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 144
Thickness provided(225mm)>100mm Okay
Table 33: Design summary basement

Design Summary
Location Provided Rebar(%)
Outer face Ø16@85 1.1%
Inner Face Ø16@190 0.6%

As per clause 11.2.1.1 IS SP 34, following consideration should be taken regarding

minimum reinforcement:
Reinforcement -The minimum reinforcement for walls shall be provided as given below:
a. The minimum ratio of vertical reinforcement to gross concrete area shall be 0.004
(irrespective of type and grade of steel).
b. Vertical reinforcement shall be spaced not farther apart than three times the wall thickness
or 450 mm, whichever is less.
c. The minimum ratio of horizontal reinforcement to gross concrete area shall be:
i. 0.0020 for deformed bars not larger than 16 mm in diameter and with a
characteristic strength of 415 N/mm* or greater.
ii. 0.0025 for other types of bars.

Reinforcement Horizontal:
a) Area of Hor. Steel reinforcement 0.0020*bD=450mm2
Reinforcement is distributed considering temperature changes in front face
Hor reinforcement in Outer face=450*2/3
=300mm2
In inner face, A=150mm2
Minimum spacing of Hor. Rebars=3D=675mm or 300mm
Table 34: Horizontal rebar summary of basement

Min.Rebar 0.0020*b*D 450

Location Reb Req mm2 Spacing mm Provided mm
Outer face 300 255 255
Inner Face 150 520 300
Max.Spacing 3D or 300 675 or 300
Design Summary
Location Provided
Outer face Ø10@255
Inner Face Ø10@300

Check for shear:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 145
 Vu 184.68
τv 0.961875
Rebar(%) 1.05
K 1.15
τc 0.656113

k τc 0.75453

Since Tv >kTc shear reinforcement should be provided.

Design for Shear Reinforcement
Vus=Vu-Tc*bd [ Clause 40.4 Is 456:2000]

𝑉𝑢𝑠 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑣
= 𝑆𝑣
Table 35: Shear reinforcement in basement

Vus 39810.24 N Øshear 10mm

Spacing 130 Asv 78.53981634

So provide shear reinforcement of Ø10@130 mm of spacing.

According to the calculations, the shear stress at the support sections is greater than the shear
capacity of concrete, while the shear stress at the middle span sections is less than the shear
capacity of concrete. Therefore, shear reinforcement will be provided at the support sections
only. The shear reinforcement will consist of shear stirrups of Ø10@130 mm. The stirrups will
be provided at a spacing of 130 mm and will extend up to 500 mm from the lower basement
support on both sides of the structure. The shear stirrups will be placed perpendicular to the
longitudinal reinforcement and will be adequately anchored into the support columns. So
provide shear stirrups of Ø10@130 mm upto 500 mm from lower basement support as shown
in fig Figure 14:

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 146
Figure 14 : Region of shear Reinforcement in basement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 147
  Design of shear wall

Shear wall, also called structural wall, is an important structural unit for a multistoried building.
For tall buildings, it is necessary to provide sufficient stiffness to resist the lateral loads caused
by earthquake and limit the drift within the codal requirements. When buildings are not
provided with such adequate stiffness, excessive vibrations and sway can occur during seismic
event, or non-structural components can fail, which is uncomfortable to the occupants. From
structural point of view, it is most beneficial to provide shear wall along the outer
periphery and in symmetrical position so as to provide maximum resistance against torsional
forces. However, shear walls are also usually provided around lift wells, stairwells, utility
shafts because those locations are convenient from architectural point of view to position the
walls. A very important property of shear wall is that, it should have good ductility under
reversible and repeated loads. The design of shear wall involves providing of adequate cross-
section and reinforcements to resist bending (in plane and out of plane), shear (in plane and
out of plane), and Axial forces due to gravity and lateral loads. The design forces are taken
from ETABS analysis and design is done per the requirements of IS 13920-2016. In addition to
the requirements in codes for design of in- plane moment and shear force, we have also
checked the reinforcement and redesigned them if necessary for out of plane moment, and axial
force and checked the concrete capacity for out of plane shear force. Since walls are thin and
deep they are subjected to substantial axial forces too especially at lower stories.
Design of wall located in between grids 3 and 4 along grid A at lower basement level is shown.
a. Geometry of Design loads
Table 36: Design parameter for shear walls

Length of wall Lw 1500mm

Thickness of wall tw 300mm
Floor height, h 3465mm
16.17>2. So the wall is
ℎ 24255 slender as per Cl 10.1.4 of
𝑙𝑤 = 1500 IS 13920:2016
Axial Force (compressive) P- 3600 kN
Axial Force (tensile) P+ 2210 kN
In-plane Moment M3 1527 kN-m
Out of Plane Moment M2 22.11 kN-m
In Plane Shear V2 452.01 kN
Out of Plane Shear V3 26.27 kN

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 148
 b. General Requirements
(As per IS 13920-2016 Cl. 10.1)

c. Wall Thickness
The minimum thickness of special shear wall (i.e. walls that follow ductile detailing provision)
is 150 mm in general case and not less than 300 mm for coupled shear wall. The minimum
thickness is necessary to confirm to the fire resistance requirements and also to avoid thin
sections. Thin walls are susceptible to instability (buckling) at regions of high compressive
Strain. (IS 13920-2016 Cl. 10.1.2)

d. Reinforcement Limits
The minimum amount of vertical and horizontal reinforcement should be 0.25 per cent of the
gross concrete area. And this reinforcement should be distributed uniformly across the cross
section of the wall. Uniform distribution helps to control the width of inclined cracks that are
caused by shear.

When the factored shear stress in the wall exceeds 0.25 √𝑓𝑐𝑘 MPa or when the thickness of the
wall exceeds 200 mm, reinforcements should be provided in two curtains, each having bars
running in the longitudinal and transverse directions. The use of two curtains of reinforcement
will reduces fragmentation and premature deterioration of the concrete under cycling loading
into the inelastic range. It is also mentioned that, all vertical bars shall be contained within
horizontal steel bars. (IS 13920, Cl. 10.1.7)
Also, the diameter of bars used in any part of the wall should not exceed one-tenth of the
thickness of the wall. The helps to prevent the use of very large diameter bars in thin wall
sections. So, for our wall, the maximum size of bar is 300= 30mm.(IS 13920, Cl. 10.1.8)
10

The maximum spacing of reinforcement in either direction should not exceed the smallest of
lw⁄5, 3tw, and 450 mm (IS 13920, Cl. 10.1.9)
i.e. 1500 = 300𝑚𝑚, 3 𝑥 300 = 900𝑚𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 450𝑚𝑚. So provided spacing should be less than
5

300mm.

e. Provided Reinforcements
Table 37: Reinforcement detail in shear walls

Reinforcement Value Remarks

Vertical Bar φ 28 mm <30mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 149
Horizontal Bar φ 10mm

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 150
 Vertical Bar Spacing 110mm <300 mm
Horizontal Bar Spacing 200mm <300 mm
Horizontal Reinforcement % 0.26% ≥0.25%
Vertical Reinforcement % 3.73% ≥0.25%

f. Design and Checks

i. Design for In-Plane Moment
The bending strength of thin sections of rectangular structural wall containing evenly
distributed vertical reinforcement and subjected to axial and lateral load can be
obtained using the same assumptions as for columns. The moment capacity of the
slender wall with uniformly distributed vertical reinforcements is given in IS 13920
Annex A (As per Clause 10.3.1. Two equations are given for calculating the flexural
strength of the section, depending on the position of neutral axis.
Critical non-dimensional depth of neutral axis:

∗
𝑥𝑢 0.0035
=
𝑙𝑤 = 0.479
0.0035 + 0.002 + 0.87𝑓𝑦
𝐸𝑠
0.87 𝑓𝑦ρ 0.87∗415∗0.0373
φ= 𝑓𝑐𝑘
= 25
= 0.538

Where, 𝜌 is percentage of vertical reinforcement

𝑃𝑢
λ= 3600 𝑋 103
𝑓𝑐𝑘𝑡𝑤𝑙𝑤 = = 0.32
25 𝑋 300 𝑋 1500

where 𝑃𝑢 is the compressive axial load

So, non-dimensional depth of neutral axis for Case I:

𝑥𝑢 φ + λ
𝑙𝑤 = = 0.597
2φ + 0.36
Hence, Case I is not applicable.

For case II:

0.002 + 0.87 0.002 + 0.87𝑋415/200000
𝛽 = 𝑓𝑦/𝐸𝑠 = = 1.087
0.0035
0.0035
𝛽 1
𝛼1 = 0.36 + φ (1 − ) = 0.358 −
2𝛽 2
φ 𝛽3 1
𝛼2 = 0.15 + (1 − 𝛽 + 3 − 3𝛽 )=0.15
2

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 151
 𝛼4 = φ
− λ = 0.175
𝛽

φ
𝛼5 = = 0.247
𝑥𝑢 2𝛽
Now for , solving : 𝛼
(𝑥𝑢 ) + 𝛼 ( 𝑥𝑢) − 𝛼 = 0
𝑙𝑤 1 𝑙 2 4 𝑙 5
𝑤 𝑤
𝑥𝑢
We get, = 0.621
𝑙𝑤

φ 1
𝛼3 = ( − 3) = −0.115
6 𝛽 𝑥𝑢
𝑙𝑤
So,
𝑀𝑢 2
𝑥𝑢 𝑥𝑢 λ
𝑓 𝑡 𝐿 ( = 𝛼1 ) − 𝛼2 ( ) − 𝛼3 −
2
𝑙 𝑙 2
𝑐𝑘 𝑤 𝑤 𝑤 𝑤

𝑀𝑢
= 0.119
𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑡𝑤 𝐿𝑤 2

𝑀𝑢=2016.07 kNm >M3=1527kNm (OK)

Similarly, for tensile axial force 𝑃𝑡 = 2210𝑘𝑁, 𝑀𝑢=2227.068kNm >M3=1527kNm (OK)

ii. Design for In-Plane Shear
The horizontal reinforcement is provided from shear design. The shear design is done
as per Cl 40 of IS 456:2000.
Nominal Shear stress on wall is:

τ 𝑣 = 𝑉𝑢 452.01 𝑋 103
= = 1.255𝑁/𝑚𝑚2
𝑡𝑤𝑑𝑤 300 𝑋 0.8 𝑋1500

Where, 𝑉𝑢 is factored shear force 𝑉2 = 452.01 kN

𝑑𝑤 is effective depth = 0.8𝑙𝑤

Shear strength of concrete, τc,max=3.1N/mm2 (Table 20, IS 456:2000)

Design shear strength of concrete, τc=0.92 N/mm2 (Table 19, IS 456:2000)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 152
If τ𝑣 > τc,max then wall needs to be re-designed. However, here

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 153
τc<τ𝑣< τc,max

So, total capacity of shear reinforcement and concrete is checked from:

0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑣𝑑
V= + τctwl w=753.52 kN >V2=360.4 kN (OK)
u
𝑠𝑣

iii. Check for Out of Plane Moment

Out of plane moment capacity is calculated as done in beam taking width and overall depth
corresponding to clear length of wall and thickness of wall respectively.

Overall Depth (D) = 𝑡𝑤 = 300𝑚𝑚

Effective Depth (d) = D – clear cover – Diameter of horizontal bars – Diameter of vertical
bars/2

d= 300 – 20 – 10 - 28 = 256mm
2

For,
A 28Φbars at 110 mm c/c,
2
= 𝜋 x 28 x 1000 mm2/m= 5598.74 mm2/m
st 110
4
0.87 𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡
Moment Capacity= 0.87 fy Ast (d-0.416 x )
0.36 𝑓𝑐𝑘 𝑏𝑑

So, M=516.65 kN-m >M2 =22.11 kN-m (OK)

iv. Check for Axial Force

For tension force

𝑃𝑡 = 2210𝑘𝑁

%𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 3.73%

So, 𝐴𝑠𝑡 = %𝐴𝑠𝑡 × 𝑙𝑤𝑡𝑤 = 16,785𝑚𝑚2

Tension force capacity

0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 0.87 × 415 × 16785 = 6060.2𝑘𝑁 > 𝑃𝑡 = 2210(OK)

v. For Compressive Force

Compressive Force Pc= 3600kN
Area of Concrete 𝐴𝑐 = 𝑙𝑤𝑡𝑤 = 450,000𝑚𝑚2
So, Compressive force capacity= 0.4fckAc + 0.67fyAst

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 154
 =0.4 x 25 x 450000 + 0.67 x 415 x 16,785

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 155
 = 9167.1kN> Pc =3600kN (OK)

vi. Check for Out of Plane Shear

𝑉3 = 26.27 𝑘𝑁 < 𝑉𝑐 = τc𝑡𝑤𝑙𝑤 = 129.6(OK)

g. Boundary elements
Boundary elements are portions along the wall edges that are strengthened by
longitudinal and transverse reinforcements. According to IS 13920 Clause 10.4.1
boundary elements should beprovided along the vertical boundaries of walls, when the
extreme fiber compressive stress in walls exceeds 0.2𝑓𝑐𝑘 due to factored gravity
forces plus earthquake forces. The boundary elements can be discontinued at
elevations where the extreme fibre compressive stress becomes less than 0.15 fck.

The stress at extreme compressive fiber is given by:

𝑙
𝑤
𝑃𝑢 𝑀𝑢( )
2
σ = 𝐴𝑔 + 𝐼

Where, 𝑃𝑢 is the factored axial load,

𝑀𝑢 is the factored moment acting on the wall (in plane moment),

𝐴𝑔 is the gross area of the wall

3
I =𝑡𝑤𝑙𝑤 is the moment of inertial of wall
12

Here,

I=8.4375 X 1010 mm4; Ag=450000mm2

So stress, σ=18.46 N/mm2 > 0.2fck=5 N/mm2

At one end, the shear wall is connected to column so the column acts as the boundary
elementof the wall and at the other end boundary element of thickness 𝑡𝑤 = 300𝑚𝑚
and length = 600mm is provided.

(As per NBC 105 Annex A Cl. 5.3, the length of boundary zone in each side shall be
the maximum of 2 times the wall thickness and 0.2 times the wall length i.e.,
maximum of 2 × 300 = 600& 0.2 × 1500 = 300𝑚𝑚)

The reinforcement of boundary element should not be less than 0.8 percent and not
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 156
 greater than 6 percent (practical upper limit is 4%). Area of the special confining
reinforcement is providedas per the NBC 105 Annex A Cl. 5.3 and IS 13920 Cl.
10.4.4. During a severe earthquake, boundary elements may be subjected to stress
reversals, Hence, they have to confined adequately to sustain the cyclic loading
without a large degradation in strength.
Spacing of reinforcement (𝑠𝑣) should not be more than:

a) 1/3rd of minimum member dimension of boundary element = 100mm

b) 6 times Diameter of smallest longitudinal bars = 6 × 28 = 168𝑚𝑚

c) 100 mm

. So, taking 𝑠𝑣 = 100𝑚𝑚

From Cl. 10.4.4 area of reinforcement is given by

𝑓𝑐𝑘 25
Ash = 0.05 sv h = 0.05 X 100 X 300 X =90.36mm2
𝑓𝑦 415

Where, h is longer dimension of rectangular confining link measured to its outer face
whichdoes not exceed 300 mm (NBC 105 Annex A, Cl. 4.3 c ii)

So, provide 2 legged 8 mm @ 100 c/c.

The vertical reinforcement provided in shear wall is sufficient to resist extra axial
force. So extra vertical reinforcement is not provided in the boundary element. If extra
vertical reinforcement was required, it can be provided as in lift shear wall as shown
in upcoming section.
h. Design Summary
Similarly, the design reinforcement for all the shear walls is obtained. The summary of
the design forces and provided reinforcement are shown for all outer shear walls in each floor.
Table 38: Design of shear wall 43-A

Location Grid 43-A

Length of wall , Lw 1500mm
Thickness of wall, tw 300mm
Pier id P4
Lower Upper
Ground 1st 2nd 3rd
Reinforcement Basemen Basemen 4th floor
floor floor floor floor
t t
Vertical Reinforcement
28 25 20 16 16 12 12
Dia. Φv (mm)
Vertical Reinforcement
110 110 110 110 110 110 110
spacing (mm)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 157
Horizontal Reinforcement
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Dia. Φh (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
200 200 200 200 200 200 200
spacing (mm)
Boundary Element tie
100 100 100 90 80 70
spacing (sv) (mm)
Boundary element Ties dia
8 8 8 8 8 8 Discontinued
(mm)
as σ<0.15fck
600
Boundary Element size 600 X 600 X 600 X 600 X 600 X
X
(mm x mm) 300 300 300 300 300
300
M3 M2
Force/Moment V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm) (kNm)
Design Forces 1527 22.11 452.01 26.27 3600 2210

Lower Basement Provided Capacity 2020.474 516.6555 753.5292 413.2476 9169.361 6063.2
Ratio 1.323166 23.3675 1.667063 15.73078 2.547045 2.743529
Design Forces 784.49 27.82 455.78 14.61 3476 1957

Upper Basement Provided Capacity 1551.189 322.8763 725.3605 385.0789 7382.615 3743.098
Ratio 1.977322 11.6059 1.591471 26.35721 2.123882 1.912671
Design Forces 566.38 32.89 380.31 16.97 2461 1154

Ground Floor Provided Capacity 1422.377 217.8732 677.5497 337.2681 6429.685 2505.71
Ratio 2.511348 6.6243 1.781572 19.87437 2.612631 2.171326
Design Forces 421.35 31.83 335.28 17.31 1813 718.94

1st Floor Provided Capacity 1349.649 172.8275 650.6345 310.3529 6024.689 1979.82
Ratio 3.203154 5.429704 1.940571 17.92911 3.32305 2.753805
Design Forces 332.35 34.15 287.48 21.45 1393.2 535.44

2nd Floor Provided Capacity 1220.463 132.8403 621.4996 281.218 5667.34 1515.8
Ratio 3.672223 3.889905 2.161888 13.11039 4.067858 2.830943
Design Forces 265.25 26.82 276.57 11.46 1065 454.03

3rd Floor Provided Capacity 1049.068 97.97698 589.9749 249.6933 5357.638 1113.649
Ratio 3.955018 3.653131 2.133185 21.78825 5.030646 2.452809
Design Forces 232.58 26.18 285.89 21.52 672.06 383.15

4th Floor Provided Capacity 946.3275 97.97698 589.9749 249.6933 5357.638 1113.649
Ratio 4.068826 3.742436 2.063643 11.60285 7.971963 2.906561

Table 39: Design of shear wall 45-A

Location Grid 45-A

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 158
 Length of wall ,Lw 1500mm
Thickness of wall, tw 300mm
Pier id P5

Lower Upper Groun 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Reinforcement
Basement Basement d floor floor floor floor floor
Vertical Reinforcement Dia.
28 25 20 16 16 12 12
Φv (mm)
Vertical Reinforcement
110 110 110 110 110 110 110
spacing (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Dia. Φh (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
200 200 200 200 200 200 200
spacing (mm)
Boundary Element tie
100 100 100 90 80 70 70
spacing (sv) (mm)
Boundary element Ties dia
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
(mm)
600 600 600
Boundary Element size 600 X 600 X 600 X 600 X
X X X
(mm x mm) 300 300 300 300
300 300 300

M3 M2
Force/Moment V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm) (kNm)
Design Forces 1653.16 23.31 267.89 25.55 3513.12 2278.26
Lower
Provided Capacity 2035.30 516.655 753.529 413.247 9169.36 6063.2
Basement
Ratio 1.23116 22.1645 2.81283 16.1740 2.61003 2.66132
Design Forces 758.28 30.21 418.03 16.18 3390 2000.99
Upper
Provided Capacity 1564.86 322.876 725.360 385.078 7382.61 3743.09
Basement
Ratio 2.06369 10.6877 1.73518 23.7996 2.17776 1.87062
Design Forces 534.44 35.54 339.91 19.56 2374.7 1199.29
Ground
Provided Capacity 1430.08 217.873 677.549 337.268 6429.68 2505.71
Floor
Ratio 2.67585 6.13036 1.99332 17.2427 2.70757 2.08932
Design Forces 399.6 33.89 292.85 18.73 1736.28 758.39

1st Floor Provided Capacity 1351.97 172.827 650.634 310.352 6024.68 1979.82
Ratio 3.3833 5.09966 2.22173 16.5698 3.46988 2.61055
Design Forces 303.44 36.36 239.81 22.35 1343.09 557.96

2nd Floor Provided Capacity 1215.71 132.840 621.499 281.218 5667.34 1515.8
Ratio 4.0064 3.65347 2.5916 12.5824 4.21962 2.71668
3rd Floor Design Forces 348.55 28.84 209.16 13.31 1050.86 456.02
Provided Capacity 1046.03 97.9769 589.974 249.693 5357.63 1113.64

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 159
 Ratio 3.00109 3.39726 2.82068 18.7598 5.09833 2.44210
Design Forces 402.16 27.41 160.63 23.64 674.36 376.99

4th Floor Provided Capacity 947.039 97.9769 589.974 249.693 5357.63 1113.64
Ratio 2.35483 3.57449 3.67288 10.5623 7.94477 2.95404

Table 40 :Design of shear wall 65-F

Location Grid 65-F

Length of wall ,Lw 3000mm
Thickness of wall, tw 200mm
Pier id P1

Lower
Upper Groun 1st 2nd 3rd
Reinforcement Basemen 4th floor
Basement d floor floor floor floor
t
Vertical Reinforcement
20 20 16 12 12 12 12
Dia. Φv (mm)
Vertical Reinforcement
90 90 90 90 90 90 90
spacing (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Dia. Φh (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
200 200 200 200 200 200 200
spacing (mm)
Boundary Element tie
60 60 60 60 60 60
spacing (sv) (mm)
Boundary element Ties dia Discontinue
8 8 8 8 8 8
(mm) d as
600 600 600 σ<0.15fck
Boundary Element size 600 X 600 X 600 X
X X X
(mm x mm) 200 200 200
200 200 200

M2
Force/Moment M3 (kNm) V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm)
Design Forces 4448.6 50.29 1137.73 35.725 4751.22 2355.94
Lower Basement Provided Capacity 5181.591 198.6631 1531.008 550.9968 11823.47 7561.814
Ratio 1.164769 3.95035 1.345669 15.42328 2.488511 3.20968
Design Forces 3509.39 65.23 1025.06 47.24 3171.5 784.83
Upper Basement Provided Capacity 5036.262 162.0114 1526.722 546.7111 10717.01 6125.069
Ratio 1.435082 2.483694 1.489398 11.57305 3.37916 7.804326
Ground Floor Design Forces 2334.8 60.33 799.5 44.32 2199.5 125.62

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 160
 Provided Capacity 4133.231 99.31576 1445.875 465.8642 8853.498 3705.289
Ratio 1.770272 1.646208 1.808474 10.51138 4.025232 29.49601
Design Forces 1599.4 62.55 665.22 46.98 1666.99 0
1st Floor Provided Capacity 3614.88 73.44209 1398.423 418.4115 8096.448 2722.253
Ratio 2.260147 1.174134 2.102196 8.906162 4.856926 -
Design Forces 1131.2 63.11 545.32 47.99 1420.22 169.25
2nd Floor Provided Capacity 3569.182 73.44209 1398.423 418.4115 8096.448 2722.253
Ratio 3.155218 1.163716 2.564407 8.718722 5.70084 16.08421
Design Forces 889.3 63.54 430.57 49.37 1188.7 244.95
3rd Floor Provided Capacity 3509.243 73.44209 1398.423 418.4115 8096.448 2722.253
Ratio 3.946074 1.15584 3.24784 8.475015 6.811178 11.1135
Design Forces 686.1 104.08 439.9 86.98 803.3 206.3
4th Floor Provided Capacity 3372.825 73.44209 1398.423 418.4115 8096.448 2722.253
Ratio 4.915938 0.705631 3.178955 4.810433 10.07898 13.1956

Table 41:Design of shear wall 7-DE

Location Grid 7-DE

Length of wall ,Lw 3000mm
Thickness of wall, tw 350mm
Pier id P2

Lower Upper Ground 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Reinforcement
Basement Basement floor floor floor floor floor
Vertical Reinforcement Dia.
30 25 25 20 16 12 12
Φv (mm)
Vertical Reinforcement
110 110 110 110 110 110 110
spacing (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Dia. Φh (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
150 150 150 150 150 150 150
spacing (mm)
Boundary Element tie
100 10 100 100 80
spacing (sv) (mm)
Boundary element Ties dia Discontinued
8 8 8 8 8
(mm) as σ<0.15fck
Boundary Element size 700 X 700 X 700 X 700 X
700 X 350
(mm x mm) 350 350 350 350

M3 M2
Force/Moment V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm) (kNm)
Lower Basement Design Forces 6117.6 142.2 1667.7 42.14 11284.6 8629.07

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 161
 Provided Capacity 8212.889 702.1697 1857.678 964.2444 21220.47 13920.61
Ratio 1.342502 4.937902 1.113916 22.88193 1.880481 1.613223
Design Forces 4277 121.4 1662.2 39.4 9159.3 6516.32
Upper Basement Provided Capacity 7596.05 531.0493 2256.344 949.6622 18552.26 10455.93
Ratio 1.776023 4.374377 1.357444 24.1031 2.025511 1.604575
Design Forces 3089.67 106.1 1431 40.7 6634.89 4374.3
Ground Floor Provided Capacity 7138.968 382.8093 2161.82 855.1387 16265.23 7486.195
Ratio 2.310593 3.608004 1.510706 21.01078 2.45147 1.711404
Design Forces 2144.39 97.4 1235.5 40.65 4576.5 2704.48
1st Floor Provided Capacity 6442.332 257.9838 2052.268 745.5866 14359.37 5011.42
Ratio 3.004272 2.648704 1.661083 18.34161 3.137631 1.853007
Design Forces 1449.09 92.31 1012.67 45.3 3029.04 1557.9
2nd Floor Provided Capacity 5355.869 157.1 1925.383 618.7016 12834.68 3031.6
Ratio 3.696023 1.701874 1.901294 13.65787 4.237211 1.945953
Design Forces 861.1 69.03 787.6 31.4 1672.7 611.1
3rd Floor Provided Capacity 4189.401 115.7991 1854.659 547.9777 12215.28 2227.298
Ratio 4.865173 1.677518 2.354824 17.45152 7.302729 3.644735
Design Forces 709.75 114.19 546.01 52.94 787.6 289.55
4th Floor Provided Capacity 3529.961 115.7991 1854.659 547.9777 12215.28 2227.298
Ratio 4.973528 1.014091 3.396749 10.35092 15.50949 7.692274

Table 42:Design of shear wall 7-DC

Location Grid 7-DC

Length of wall ,Lw 3000mm
Thickness of wall, tw 350mm
Pier id P3

Lower 1st 3rd

Upper Groun 2nd 4th
Reinforcement Basemen floo floo
Basement d floor floor floor
t r r
Vertical Reinforcement Dia.
32 25 25 20 16 12 12
Φv (mm)
Vertical Reinforcement
110 110 110 110 110 110 110
spacing (mm)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 162
 Horizontal Reinforcement Dia.
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Φh (mm)
Horizontal Reinforcement
150 150 150 150 150 150 150
spacing (mm)
Boundary Element tie spacing
100 100 100 100 80
(sv) (mm)
Boundary element Ties dia Discontinue
8 8 8 8 8
(mm) d as
700 σ<0.15fck
Boundary Element size (mm x 700 X 700 X 700 X 700 X
X
mm) 350 350 350 350
350

M2
Force/Moment M3 (kNm) V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm)
Design Forces 6135.5 151.3 1676.6 42.5 11328.5 8615.5
Lower Provided
8193.242 702.1697 2270.926 964.2444 21220.47 13920.61
Basement Capacity
Ratio 1.335383 4.64091 1.354483 22.6881 1.873193 1.615764
Design Forces 4291.3 124.8 1656 41.82 9226.4 6492.3
Upper Provided
7570.995 531.0493 2256.344 949.6622 18552.26 10455.93
Basement Capacity
Ratio 1.764266 4.255203 1.362526 22.70833 2.01078 1.610512
Design Forces 3091 118 1431.5 48 6691.5 4357.5
Provided
Ground Floor 7124.921 382.8093 2161.82 855.1387 16265.23 7486.195
Capacity
Ratio 2.305054 3.244146 1.510178 17.81539 2.43073 1.718002
Design Forces 2134 105.4 1241.8 46.8 4614 2685.8
Provided
1st Floor 6437.879 257.9838 2052.268 745.5866 14359.37 5011.42
Capacity
Ratio 3.016813 2.447664 1.652656 15.93134 3.11213 1.865895
Design Forces 1445.7 104.1 1022.3 52.3 3056.6 1545.9
Provided
2nd Floor 5363.163 157.1 1925.383 618.7016 12834.68 3031.6
Capacity
Ratio 3.709734 1.509126 1.883384 11.82986 4.199006 1.961058
Design Forces 858.1 76.4 784.7 32.2 1692.1 603.3
Provided
3rd Floor 4201.939 115.7991 1854.659 547.9777 12215.28 2227.298
Capacity
Ratio 4.896794 1.515695 2.363526 17.01794 7.219003 3.691858
Design Forces 744 110.8 537.5 57.2 836.5 260.3
4th Floor Provided
3570.858 115.7991 1854.659 547.9777 12215.28 2227.298
Capacity

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 163
Ratio 4.799541 1.045118 3.450529 9.58003 14.60284 8.556657

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 164
  Design of lift shear wall

Sample Calculation
The lift shear wall design of wall spanning along Y-axis at lower basement level is
shown below.
Table 43: Design parameter for lift shear wall

Length of wall 4475 mm

Thickness of wall, tw 400 mm
Pier id L1
Axial Force (compressive) P- 16974.9kN
Axial Force (tensile) P+ 11335.23 kN
Inplane Moment M3 11407.6kN-m
Out of Plane Moment M2 506.2 kN-m
In Plane Shear V2 4038.1kN
Out of Plane Shear V3 410.63kN
The Vertical reinforcement, Horizontal reinforcement and Horizontal reinforcement
in boundary element is designed as in Shear wall design section above and the
result is shown below as:
Table 44: Reinforcement detail in Lift shear wall

Vertical Reinforcement Dia. Φv (mm) 32

Vertical Reinforcement spacing (mm) 120
Horizontal Reinforcement Dia. Φh (mm) 20
Horizontal Reinforcement spacing (mm) 100
Boundary Element tie spacing (sv) (mm) 100
Boundary element Ties dia (mm) 10
Boundary Element size (mm x mm) 895 X 400

As per above reinforcement the provided resistance capacity of wall would be

M3 M2
Force/Moment V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc(kN) Pt(kN)
(kNm) (kNm)
Design Forces 11407.6 506.2 4038.1 410.63 16974.9 11335.23
Provided Capacity 19292.34 737.383 8222.13 1643.81 32558.75 19034.5

Vertical reinforcement in Boundary element:

The boundary element shall have adequate axial load carrying capacity and should be

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 165
designed assuming short column action (IS 13920:2016 Cl 10.4.2). The axial load
carrying capacity of a short axially loaded column is given as:

Pu =0.4 fckAc +0.67 fy Asc (IS 456:2000 Cl 39.3)

Where,
Pu= axial load on member
fck = characteristic compressive strength of concrete
Ac = Area of concrete
fy= Characteristic strength of the compression reinforcement
Asc= area of longitudinal reinforcement for columns
But, as per IS 13920:2016 Cl 10.4.2.1 the load factor for gravity loads shall be taken as
0.8.

So, Pu = 0.8 (0.4 fckAc +0.67 fy Asc ) is used to calculate the load carrying capacity of
the boundary element.

The vertical reinforcement in boundary elements shall not be less than 0.8% and not
greater than 6% (4% practically). (IS 13920:2016 Cl 10.4.3)

Moment of resistance from web section (without boundary element) (i.e. by taking
𝑙𝑤 =4475 − 2 × 895 = 2685𝑚𝑚) can be obtained as in Section i.). So, new

𝑀𝑢,web = 2632.479 kNm

Remaining Moment 𝑀3 − 𝑀3u,web = 11406.7− 2632.479 = 8774.221 𝑘𝑁𝑚

Distance between centroids of two boundary elements ,Cw= Length of wall – Size of
Boundary Element1 / 2 – Size of Boundary Element2 /2

=4475 - 895/2 - 895/2

=3580 mm

So, Tension and Compression force due to remaining Moment

𝑀3−𝑀𝑢,𝑤𝑒𝑏 8774.221 𝑋 1000

= = =2451.1 kN
𝐶𝑤 3580

In addition to the above tensile and compressive force, boundary element must
also share someaxial load, in proportion to its area.

So, Compression due to axial load Pu on each boundary element

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 166
 =𝐴𝑥𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑋 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙

16974.9
= 4475 𝑋 400 𝑋 895 𝑋 400

= 3394.98 kN

So, Total Axial Compressive Load on boundary element

𝑃𝑐, = 2451.1+3394.98= 5846.08𝑘𝑁

Total Axial Tensile Load 𝑃𝑡 = 0𝑘𝑁

Now, Let’s provide 3.9% reinforcement on boundary wall, such that

Asc =3.9% X 895 X 400=13962 mm2

Ac = 895 X 400 – 13962 = 344038 mm2

Then Axial Compression Capacity:

Pu = 0.8 (0.4 fckAc +0.67 fy Asc ) = 5858.011 kN > 𝑃𝑐,𝑏𝑒 (OK)

Axial Tension Capacity

𝑃𝑢𝑡 = 0.87𝑓𝑦𝐴𝑠𝑡 = 5040.98 kN > 𝑃𝑡, (OK)

So provide 14 – 36φ bars (Ast,provided = 14243.04 mm2)

Design Summary

Now, a summary of the design forces and provided reinforcement is shown for the
same lift shear wall section in each floor.
Table 45: Design of Lift shear wall

Location: Left wall Along Y-axis

Length of wall 4475 mm
Thickness of wall, tw 400 mm
Pier id L1

Top
Lower Upper Groun 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Reinforcement Floo
Basement Basement d floor floor floor floor floor
r
Vertical Reinforcement
Dia. Φv (mm) 32 28 25 20 16 16 16 16
Vertical Reinforcement
120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
spacing (mm)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 167
 Horizontal
Reinforcement Dia. Φh 20 20 16 16 16 16 16 16
(mm)
Horizontal
Reinforcement spacing 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
(mm)
Hz. Boundary Element
tie spacing (sv) (mm) 100 100 90 90 90 90 90 90
Hz. Boundary element
10 10 8 8 8 8 8 8
Ties dia (mm)
895 895 895 895 895
Boundary Element size 895 X 895 X 895 X
X X X X X
(mm x mm) 400 400 400
400 400 400 400 400
Vertical rebar at
Boundary element 36 28
Not needed. Provide same as in
dia(mm)
No. of Vz rebar at Vertical reinforcement in wall
14 14
Boundary element

M3 M2
Force/Moment V2 (kN) V3 (kN) Pc (kN) Pt (kN)
(kNm) (kNm)
Design Forces 11407.6 506.2 4038.1 410.63 16974.9 11335.23
Lower Provided
19292.34 737.3832 8222.131 1643.807 32558.75 19034.5
Basement Capacity
Ratio 1.691183 1.456703 2.036139 4.003134 1.918053 1.679234
Design Forces 10352.9 307.9 4276.1 545 14987.4 9256
Upper Provided
18875.06 644.2643 5969.38 1583.83 30669.4 16581.17
Basement Capacity
Ratio 1.823167 2.092447 1.395987 2.90611 2.046346 1.791397
Design Forces 7933 226 3528 545 10787 5570
Provided
Ground Floor 17975.67 478.8732 4900.809 1435.684 27281.6 12182.08
Capacity
Ratio 2.265936 2.118908 1.389118 2.634283 2.529119 2.187088
Design Forces 5865 250.8 2962 547.2 7495.5 3347
Provided
1st Floor 16377.04 334.4936 4731.738 1266.613 24415 8459.779
Capacity
Ratio 2.792334 1.333706 1.597481 2.314716 3.257288 2.527571
Design Forces 3941 258 2527 524 5611 2387.1
Provided
2nd Floor 15176.31 271.7236 4638.477 1173.352 23177.15 6852.421
Capacity
Ratio 3.850878 1.053192 1.835567 2.239221 4.130663 2.870605
3rd Floor Design Forces 2358 157 2069 517 4383 2118

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 168
 Provided
12259.56 165.3207 4432.61 967.4847 21092.35 4145.292
Capacity
Ratio 5.199133 1.052998 2.142393 1.871344 4.812309 1.957173
Design Forces 1386 151 1361 426 3231 1933
Provided
4th Floor 11400.63 165.3207 4432.61 967.4847 21092.35 4145.292
Capacity
Ratio 8.225564 1.094839 3.256877 2.271091 6.528119 2.144486
Design Forces 995 131.1 803.3 548.1 1966 1465.5
Provided
Top Floor 10170.65 165.3207 4432.61 967.4847 21092.35 4145.292
Capacity
Ratio 10.22176 1.261028 5.518001 1.765161 10.72856 2.828585

Similarly, other sections of Lift Shear wall can also be designed.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 169
  Design of Foundation:

Foundation are structural elements that transfer load from the building or individual column to
the earth below. If these loads are to be transmitted properly, foundations should be designed to
prevent excessive settlement and rotation, to minimize differential settlement and to provide
adequate safety against sliding and overturning. Foundation can be classified as:

(1) Isolated footing under individual columns. These may be rectangular, square of circular
in plan.
(2) Strip foundation or Wall foundation

(3) Combined footing supporting two or more column load.

(4) Mat or Raft foundation

(5) Plie Foundation

Soil Type used: Medium stiff soils

N values: 10-30(table 2 IS 1893:2016)
So subgrade modulus is taken as 1.5kg/cm3
=1.8kg/cm^3
=18000 kN/m3

𝑘 = 𝑆𝑎𝑓𝑒 𝐵𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑋 𝐹𝑂𝑆

𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑒𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡

Safe bearing Capacity=150kN/m2

Table 46:Selection of suitable foundation type

Column 𝐹𝑧(𝑘𝑁) 𝑀𝑥(𝑘𝑁𝑚 𝑀𝑦(𝑘𝑁𝑚 𝑒𝑥(𝑚) 𝑒𝑦(𝑚) Length Area(m)

ID ) ) (m)
A3 1228.27 59.24 96.58 0.05 0.08 3.46 11.99
A4 952.74 62.83 80.81 0.07 0.08 3.13 9.82
A5 1199.83 55.42 -93.1 0.05 -0.08 3.00 9.00
B2 1468.98 69.23 97.25 0.05 0.07 3.46 11.99
B3 2321.53 83.88 99.66 0.04 0.04 4.53 20.52
B4 2456.42 76.05 91.05 0.03 0.04 4.62 21.39
B5 2665.64 79.71 -99.71 0.03 -0.04 4.60 21.12
B6 1758.01 57.73 90.99 0.03 0.05 3.98 15.86
C1 1680.21 63.68 88.39 0.04 0.05 3.91 15.31
“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by
[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 170
 C2 2005.15 64.52 122.83 0.03 0.06 4.26 18.15
C3 3587.76 65.48 90.73 0.02 0.03 5.48 30.07
C4 3257.4 98.65 92.99 0.03 0.03 5.27 27.80
C5 3765.05 57.27 90.18 0.02 0.02 5.60 31.38
C6 2978.86 61.14 -111.03 0.02 -0.04 4.83 23.34
C7 1317.44 55.65 -88.73 0.04 -0.07 3.17 10.04
D1 2223.5 65.47 91.68 0.03 0.04 4.42 19.50
D2 1874.64 59.7 13.18 0.03 0.01 3.98 15.88
D3 4059.6 -65.65 107.24 -0.02 0.03 5.73 32.83
D5 3514.17 54.78 -121.75 0.02 -0.03 5.24 27.50
D6 2808.25 53.12 -108.44 0.02 -0.04 4.68 21.90
D7 874.33 52.05 -93.13 0.06 -0.11 2.49 6.20
E1 1492.41 -62.4 86.68 -0.04 0.06 3.50 12.27
E2 2112.08 -60.59 112.61 -0.03 0.05 4.18 17.49
E3 3092.08 99.47 90.68 0.03 0.03 5.15 26.51
E4 3317.97 -91.78 92.13 -0.03 0.03 5.15 26.55
E5 3429.29 -54.2 88.36 -0.02 0.03 5.27 27.75
E6 2467.22 -64.24 -109.44 -0.03 -0.04 4.21 17.76
E7 1244.11 -55.34 80.96 -0.04 0.07 3.21 10.34
F2 1481.76 -65.97 91.52 -0.04 0.06 3.49 12.21
F3 2374.34 -84.25 94.76 -0.04 0.04 4.37 19.11
F4 2685 -74.44 87.29 -0.03 0.03 4.65 21.61
F5 2744.07 -77.25 -108.3 -0.03 -0.04 4.47 19.96
F6 2730.38 -17.37 199.4 -0.01 0.07 4.86 23.64
G3 1176.54 -55.75 86.52 -0.05 0.07 3.14 9.88
G4 1694.63 -57.74 84.06 -0.03 0.05 3.73 13.90
G5 1206.42 -52.52 -79.21 -0.04 -0.07 2.70 7.31
Total Area
667.8
Total Plinth Area
795.6
% Foundation Area
83.94%

Since area covered by isolated foundation is more than 50%, mat foundation will be more
economical than isolated footing.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 171
Figure 15: Foundation idealization

Unit weight =25kN/m3

Height=3.645*2=7.29m

Width=0.2m

Dead load=25*7.29*0.2

=36.45kN/m

Parking Loading

12 car parks and 36 bike parks

Avg weight of car=1302kg

Avg weight of bike=30kg

Total weight=16704kg

=0.21kN/m2

Considering factor of safety, 0.5kN/m2 parking load is applied.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 172
Figure 16: Loads on Foundation for Ultimate state

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 173
Figure 17 : Loads at serviceability Condition

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 174
Figure 18: Deflected shape of foundation scale 2000:1

Settlement Criteria <25mm

Table 47: Settlement of foundation under different load combination

Load Combination Settlement(mm) Remarks

(DL+LL) 8.745 Okay
(DL+0.8LL+0.8EQx) 9.31 Okay
(DL+0.8LL-0.8EQx) 9.521 Okay
(DL+0.8LL+0.8EQy) 9.321 Okay
(DL+0.8LL-0.8EQy) 9.019 Okay
0.9DL+EQx 7.758 Okay
0.9DL-EQx 8.165 Okay
0.9DL+EQy 8.112 Okay
0.9DL-EQy 7.775 Okay
DL+EQx 8.657 Okay
DL-EQx 8.852 Okay
DL+EQy 8.89 Okay
DL-EQy 8.47 Okay

Safe bearing capacity

Permissible safe bearing capacity=150kN/m2
As per cl 6.3.5 IS 1893:2016 an increment of 25% (Table 1,IS 1893) is allowed in the safe
bearing capacity of the soil for seismic load combinations
Safe Bearing Capacity considering seismic case=187.5 kN/m2
Alpha  1 6*ex / Lx  6*ey / Ly

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 175
 Fz
qa  * alpha
A
Table 48: Safe bearing capacity

Bearing
FZ ex ey Bearing Pressure
Output Case α qa Type Remark
kN m m Pressure from
SAFE
Long
(DL+LL) 119133.20 0.24 0.36 1.12 140.10 143.47 150 Okay
term
(DL+0.8LL+0.8 -
115147.42 0.34 1.13 137.56 155.53 187.5 Seismic Okay
EQx) 0.34
(DL+0.8LL-
115147.42 0.81 0.34 1.22 148.61 159.26 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.8EQx)
(DL+0.8LL+0.8 -
115147.42 0.23 1.09 132.56 156.77 187.5 Seismic Okay
EQy) 0.24
(DL+0.8LL-
115147.42 0.23 0.92 1.22 148.61 151.52 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.8EQy)
-
0.9DL+EQx 89283.87 0.26 1.19 111.87 131.49 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.71
0.9DL-EQx 89283.86 1.15 0.26 1.27 119.94 137.63 187.5 Seismic Okay
-
0.9DL+EQy 89283.87 0.22 1.17 110.57 134.35 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.68
0.9DL-EQy 89283.86 0.22 1.19 1.27 119.94 128.31 187.5 Seismic Okay
-
DL+EQx 99204.30 0.26 1.17 122.40 143.37 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.62
DL-EQx 99204.29 1.06 0.26 1.26 131.37 149.18 187.5 Seismic Okay
-
DL+EQy 99204.30 0.22 1.16 120.95 146.32 187.5 Seismic Okay
0.58
DL-EQy 99204.29 0.22 1.09 1.26 131.37 139.79 187.5 Seismic Okay

Check for Overturning and Sliding

In order to ensure the structural stability of a building or any other structure, it is important to
consider both its resistance to overturning and sliding. To achieve this, it is recommended that
the Factor of Safety (FOS) for both scenarios should be greater than 1.5. The FOS is a ratio that
represents the capacity of the structure to withstand the forces acting upon it, divided by the
magnitude of those forces. In the case of overturning, the FOS should be greater than 1.5 to
ensure that the structure can resist the rotational forces that may cause it to tip over. Similarly,
for sliding, the FOS should also be greater than 1.5 to ensure that the structure can withstand
the horizontal forces that may cause it to slide off its foundation. By ensuring that the FOS is
greater than 1.5 for both overturning and sliding, it can be reasonably assured that the structure
is adequately designed to resist the forces that it is likely to experience during its lifespan.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 176
 Table 49 Check for Overturning

Output
FZ(KN) Mx,CG My,CG Mrx Mry FOSX FOSY Remarks
Case
-
(DL+LL 119133. 43.1575
-42510.6 28180. 1834651 1834651 65.1041 Okay
) 2 3
3
(DL+0.8
115147. 39699. 45.3756 44.6670
LL+0.8E -39079.7 1773270 1773270 Okay
419 74 9 5
Qx)
(DL+0.8 -
115147. 18.9603
LL- -39079.7 93525. 1773270 1773270 45.3757 Okay
418 4
0.8EQx) 2
(DL+0.8 -
115147. 27532.5 64.4063 65.8908
LL+0.8E 26912. 1773270 1773270 Okay
419 4 4 1
Qy) 3
(DL+0.8 -
115147. 16.7777 65.8908
LL- -105692 26912. 1773270 1773270 Okay
418 1 6
0.8EQy) 2
0.9DL+ 89283.8 63607. 60.2508 21.6165
-22820.8 1374972 1374972 Okay
EQx 661 46 4 1

0.9DL- 89283.8 - 60.2508 13.3591

-22820.8 1374972 1374972 Okay
EQx 64 102924 6 6
-
0.9DL+ 89283.8 60444.5 22.7476 69.9427
19658. 1374972 1374972 Okay
EQy 657 7 4 4
5
-
0.9DL- 89283.8 69.9428
-106086 19658. 1374972 1374972 12.9609 Okay
EQy 642 2
5
DL+EQ 99204.2 61422. 60.2508
-25356.4 1527746 1527746 24.8726 Okay
x 955 85 4

99204.2 - 60.2508
DL-EQx -25356.4 1527746 1527746 14.535 Okay
934 105108 6
-
DL+EQ 99204.2 57908.9 26.3818 69.9448
21842. 1527746 1527746 Okay
y 95 3 8 8
1
-
99204.2 14.0648 69.9449
DL-EQy -108622 21842. 1527746 1527746 Okay
936 2 5
1

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 177
Table 50 Check for Sliding

Output Case FZ FX FY FH FOS Remark

kN kN kN kN µFZ/FH

(DL+LL) 119133.2 0.00 0.0001 0.000141 4.2E+08 Okay

-
(DL+0.8LL+0.8EQx) 115147.4 0.0005 2853.583 20.1759 Okay
2853.58

(DL+0.8LL-0.8EQx) 115147.4 2853.58 0.0004 2853.584 20.1759 Okay

(DL+0.8LL+0.8EQy) 115147.4 0.00 -2853.64 2853.644 20.1755 Okay

(DL+0.8LL-0.8EQy) 115147.4 0.00 2853.644 2853.644 20.1755 Okay

-
0.9DL+EQx 89283.87 0.0006 3566.984 12.5153 Okay
3566.98

0.9DL-EQx 89283.86 3566.98 0.0004 3566.984 12.5153 Okay

0.9DL+EQy 89283.87 0.00 -3567.05 3567.054 12.5151 Okay

0.9DL-EQy 89283.86 0.00 3567.055 3567.055 12.5151 Okay

-
DL+EQx 99204.30 -0.0003 3566.978 13.9059 Okay
3566.98

DL-EQx 99204.29 3566.98 0.0004 3566.983 13.9059 Okay

DL+EQy 99204.30 0.00 -3567.05 3567.055 13.9056 Okay

DL-EQy 99204.29 0.00 3567.055 3567.055 13.9056 Okay

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 178
Figure 19: Shell stress M11 at collapse envelope
Upon analyzing, it can be observed that the majority of the maximum moment values occur
near the shear wall end and column end of the structure. In contrast, significantly lower
moments are observed in other areas of the structure. Taking this into account, the structural
design has been optimized for economic efficiency by providing additional reinforcement only
in the areas where the maximum moment values are observed, i.e., at the column and shear wall
ends. Specifically, the main reinforcement has been designed to withstand a moment value of
1000kNm, which is the maximum moment that can be sustained by the structure as a whole.
However, to ensure that the observed maximum moment values near the column and shear wall
ends can be safely sustained without requiring unnecessary reinforcement throughout the

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 179
rest of the structure,

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 180
additional reinforcement has been strategically placed in those areas. By doing so, the design
becomes more economical as it minimizes the amount of unnecessary reinforcement needed
while still ensuring the safety and stability of the structure in areas where maximum moment
values are observed.
Table 51:Regular Reinforcement in foundation

Bending Moment
Reinforcement Moment
Location Moment from
Provided Capacity(kNm)
Analysis(kNm)

X-T -M11 <=1600 25ϕ @ 100 mm 2407.697

X-B +M11 <=1800 25ϕ @ 100 mm 2407.697
Y-T -M22 <=1500 25ϕ @ 100 mm 2407.697
Y-B +M22 <=1800 25ϕ @ 100 mm 2407.697

Table 52: Additional reinforcement at column and shear wall area

Bending
Reinforcement Moment
Location Moment Moment from
Provided Capacity(kNm)
Analysis (kNm)
X-T -M11 3374.47 32ϕ @ 100 mm 3793.72
X-B +M11 1582.742 25ϕ @ 150 mm 1637.22
Y-T -M22 893.78 25ϕ @ 250 mm 997.74
Y-B +M22 2016.79 25ϕ @ 100 mm 2407.69677

Punching Shear

In structural design, the analysis of shear is a crucial factor to ensure the safety and stability of
slabs and foundations. In this regard, the two-way shear is generally considered to be more
critical than the one-way shear for these elements. The reason for this is that two-way shear
tends to occur in areas where the applied loads act on a relatively small area of the slab or
foundation, resulting in high shear stresses that can cause significant structural damage.
To address this, the critical section for shear has been defined in Clause 31.6.1 of the Indian
Standard Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete, IS 456:2000. According to this
clause, the critical section for shear should be located at a distance d/2 from the periphery of
the column, perpendicular to the plane of the slab. This distance d is typically calculated as the
effective depth of the slab, which is defined as the distance from the top of the slab to the
centroid of the reinforcement in the tension zone. By locating the critical section at this
distance, the design can ensure that the slab or foundation can resist the maximum shear
stresses that are likely to occur, thereby ensuring the safety and stability of the structure.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 181
For column C3,
Size of column=600x600
Effective Depth of foundation=1440mm
For punching shear stress, shear stress due to both axial force and moment should be
considered. The unbalanced was considered during shear stress calculation as per clause
31.3.3.
Munbalanced=ϒv*M
1
ϒv = 1 −
2
1 + ( )√a1/a2
3
Where a1 is the width of the critical section measured in the direction of the span and a2 is the
width of the critical section measured in the direction perpendicular to the span.

Figure 20: Column C3 with punching shear failure plane

Table 53 Parameters of Failure Plane

d 1440 mm
Col. Size Bx 600
By 600
Pun. Area.
PAX 2040
Dim
Pay 2040
b0 8160
ϒv2 0.4
ϒv3 0.4

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 182
Given the punching shear force and the fractions of moments transferred by eccentricity of
shear about the two axes, the shear stress is computed assuming linear variation along the
perimeter of the critical section.

The calculation of shear stress is shown in tables below:

Items Side 1 Side 2 Side 3 Side 4 Sum
X2 -1020 0 1020 0 N.A
Y2 0 1020 0 -1020 N.A
L 2040 2040 2040 2040 bo=8160
D 1440 1440 1440 1440 N.A
Ld 2937600 2937600 2937600 2937600 11750400
-
LdX2 2996352000 0 3E+09 0 0
LdY2 0 2996352000 0 -299635200 0
X3 ∑LdX2/Ld 0
Y3 ∑LdY2/Ld 0

Items Side 1 Side 2 Side 3 Side 4 Sum

L 2040 2040 2040 2040 N.A
D 1440 1440 1440 1440 N.A
X2-X3 -1020 0 1020 0 N.A
Y2-Y3 0 1020 0 -1020 N.A
Parallel
to X-Axis Y-Axis X-Axis Y-Axis N.A
Ixx 1.52638E+12 3.05628E+12 1.53E+12 4.58266E+12 1.06917E+13
Iyy 3.05628E+12 1.52638E+12 3.06E+12 1.52638E+12 9.16531E+12
Ixy 0 0 0 0 0

Column Forces
Vu 3137.28 kN
Mu2 166.83 kNm
Mu3 170.15 kNm
ϒv2Mu2 66.732 kNm
ϒv3Mu3 68.06 kNm

Points X4 Y4 vu-axial vuMux vuMuy Vu

A -1020 1020 0.266993 0.006366 -0.00757 0.265785

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 183
 B 1020 1020 0.266993 0.006366 0.007574 0.280934
C 1020 -1020 0.266993 -0.00637 0.007574 0.268201
D -1020 -1020 0.266993 -0.00637 -0.00757 0.253053
Maximum Shear Stress=0.281N/mm2 at point B
Shear Capacity
Ks = 1
Τc = 0.25(fck)1/2=1.25N/mm2
ks*τc = 1.25
Shear Ratio=Vu/(Ks τc)=0.224<1
So this is safe in foundation.
For other column, calculation is shown is in

Table 54

Figure 21: Punching Shear Ratio safe results

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 184
 Table 54 Punching shear ratio

Punching Shear
Column ID Remarks
Ratio
A3 0.065 okay
A4 0.544 okay
A5 0.068 okay
B2 0.087 okay
B3 0.127 okay
B4 0.501 okay
B5 0.15 okay
B6 0.104 okay
C1 0.11 okay
C2 0.133 okay
C3 0.205 okay
C4 0.176 okay
C5 0.214 okay
C6 161 okay
C7 0.084 okay
D1 0.136 okay
D2 0.138 okay
D3 0.339 okay
D5 0.187 okay
D6 0.114 okay
D7 0.084 okay
E1 0.005 okay
E2 0.12 okay
E3 0.2 okay
E4 0.181 okay
E5 0.19 okay
E6 0.117 okay
E7 0.071 okay
F2 0.088 okay
F3 0.138 okay
F4 0.144 okay
F5 0.151 okay
F6 0.313 okay
G3 0.071 okay
G4 0.089 okay
G5 0.067 okay

Punching shear failure occurs when a concentrated load, such as a column or a point load, is
applied to a concrete slab or wall. The critical section for punching shear is the perimeter
around the load. In the case of a shear wall, the critical section area is larger due to the wall's
larger dimensions. This means that the load is distributed over a larger area, reducing the stress

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 185
concentration and the likelihood of punching shear failure. Therefore, it was deemed
unnecessary to perform a punching shear check for the shear wall in question. However, it's
important to note that this decision should be based on a thorough analysis of the wall's design
and loadings.

Table 55: Development Length for foundation

Concrete M 25 N/mm2

Rebar Fe 415 N/mm2

τbd 1.4 N/mm2

Ø 32 mm
0.87𝑓𝑦Ø
Ld 2.063143 m
4τbd
𝑀 997.74 m
+ 𝐿0 + 0.38 8.06>Ld (okay)
𝑉 127.81 L0=12Ø

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 186
 7 Conclusion

In conclusion, this building project has provided us with a valuable learning experience in
earthquake resistant design and ductile detailing of concrete structures. As Nepal is located in a
seismically active region, it is crucial to consider the safety of structures and human lives
during earthquakes. By following the earthquake resistant design code (IS 1983 (Part-I):2016)
and ductile detailing of concrete (IS 13920:2016), we have designed a building that is better
equipped to withstand lateral earthquake loads and minimize damage. Our team worked
together to idealize, analyze, and design the building under the guidance of our respected
supervisor, and we hope that our design meets their expectations. We believe that this project
has given us a deeper understanding of the transfer mechanism of lateral earthquake loads into
vertical members and, finally, into the foundation. Overall, we are grateful for the opportunity
to work on this project, and we are confident that the knowledge and skills we have gained will
serve us well in our future careers as civil engineers.

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 187
 8 References

1. IS 875(Part 1):1987, Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 1- Dead Loads, Indian Standards
Institution
2. IS 875(Part 2):1987, Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 2- Imposed Loads, Indian Standards
Institution
3. IS 875(Part 3):1987, Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 3- Wind Loads, Indian Standards Institution
4. IS 875(Part 5):1987, Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 5- Special Loads and Combinations, Indian
Standards Institution
5. IS 456:2000, Indian Standard Plain and Reinforced Concrete- Code of Practice, Indian
Standards Institution
6. IS 1893(Part 1):2016, Indian Standard Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structure, Part 1- General Provisions and Buildings, Indian Standards Institution
7. IS 13920:2015, Indian Standard Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Subjected to Seismic Forces- Code of Practice, Indian Standards Institution
8. SP 16:1980, Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:2000, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi, p. 232
9 SP 34:1987, Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, p.192
10 Subramanian N. (2013), Design of Reinforced concrete structures, 1st edition, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi,
11 Jain, A.K., Reinforced Concrete Structures Limit State Design- Sixth Edition,
Nemchand Brothers and Sons’ Publishers
12 Pillai, S.U. and Menon, D, Reinforced Concrete Design- Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi-2009
13 Clough, R.W. and Penzien, P., Dynamics of Structure-Second Edition, CBS Publisher
and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2015

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 188
 ANNEX

Figure 22 Moment Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 189
 Figure 23 Shear Force Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 190
 Figure 24 Axial Force Diagram at 1.2(DL+LL+EQx)

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 191
 Figure 25 Longitudinal Reinforcement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 192
 Figure 26 Shear Reinforcement

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 193
DRAWINGS

“EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING” by

[Santosh, Saraswati, Saroj, Saugat, Shivam, Uttam] Page 194
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

30550 30550

625 12581192
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 N 3000 6000 5988 6025 5975 3013

5450 1257 4193 550 4193 1257 5450 550 2450 550 625 12581192 5450 1258 4193 550 4193 1257 5450 550 2450 550
550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
B

-5900 LVL.
RAMP DOWN RAMP DOWN
SLOPE 1:8 SLOPE 1:8

S-3 B -4565 LVL.

S-3
V2 V2 V2 V2 -4565 LVL.
550 2450 550

550 2450 550

550 2314 550

550 2314 550
A A A A
3000

3000

3000
3000
SUB-STATION SOIL/ROCK TEST SAMPLE STORE
S-2 RS1 V3 (11,905 X 2,765) S-5 S-2 V3 (11,905 X 2,765) V3 S-5
RS2
RAMP DN

136
136
B B B B
- 4515 LVL.
D10 D7
SLOPE 1:8
RAMP UP
SLOPE 1:8
RAMP UP
SLOPE 1:8
4825

4825
6000

5450
6000

6000

5450
6000
1192
S-1
S-6 S-1 S-6
1258 625

1258 625
550

1050 X 400 1050 X 400

550
550
550
C C
1050 X 400

C C
- 6930 LVL.
UP DN. UP -3465LVL.
FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET
760WX255DX610H 760WX255DX610H
6000

5450
6000

5450
6000
6000
RAMP DOWN 12 CAR PARKS RAMP DOWN
4192

4192
18 CAR PARKS SLOPE 1:8 SLOPE 1:8

& 36 BIKE PARKS

- 2700 GL. LVL.

A A A A
FIRE HOSE CABINET
760WX255DX610H
FIRE HOSE CABINET
30550

30550

30550
760WX255DX610H

31175
550

550

550

550
D D D D

D7
LIFT LIFT
WELL WELL

4193

4193
V4
VEHICLE

6000
6000
5450

6000
6000
5450
SPARE PARTS
LIFT STORE ROOM
LIFT
WELL (3,155 X 5,890)
- 2700 LVL. WELL

625 1258
625 1257
550

550
550

550
E E E 1050 X 400
- 2700 FLAT SURFACE LVL. E
1050 X 400

V5 V5
S-12 S-7 S-12 S-7
1193

4192
4192

3567
3567

6000

6000
6000
6000

V4 V4
RAMP UP
RAMP UP SLOPE 1:8
SLOPE 1:8
1825 625 1258

1257 625 1258

12571193 1257
SLOPE 1:8 SLOPE 1:8
1050 X 400
1050 X 400

1050 X 400

1050 X 400
550

550

550
550 24501258

550 568 550

F F F F

1192
1050 X 400

1050 X 400 1050 X 400

V4 V4
3000

3000

3000

3000
S-11 V5 V5
S-8 RAMP DOWN S-11 S-8 RAMP DOWN

1050 X 400
1050 X 400
550

G G G G

625
S-10 S-9 S-10 S-9

550 550 550 B 550 568 550 550 550 550 550 568 550
1825 625 1258 4192 1258 4192 550 5450 550 4192 1258 625 1258 625 12581192 1257 3568 625 1258 4192 550 5450 550 4192 1258 625 1258 625
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 6000 6000 B
6000 6000 3000
30550 31175

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

LOWER BASEMENT PLAN (AREA: 761.05 SQ. M.) UPPER BASEMENT PLAN (AREA: 766.22 SQ. M.)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Pulchowk Study of Earthquake Floor Plans Uttam Dahal 075BCE189 Asst.Prof.
Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147
Campus Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Detail of Multi-storey Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Sunita Ghimire
Building Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Checked By:
Sheet No:

1
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4
B 5 6 7
3000
614 1247 614 1247
6000
3589 614 1247
6000
4203 550 4203
6000
1247 614 23019544571247 6141836
6000 3000

550 838
31778 N 550 589 550 S-3
550 B
110 550 550 S-4

1247 614 1247 614

W2 W2

1247 614 1247 614

550

550
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 A A

614 1247 614

3000

3000
2411 3589 614 12471194 2899 550 2725 1368 1849 1787 4571247 6141836
1247

550 590

550 590
550

1089
589

1089
550 110 110 550 110 550 550 S-2
W3
W3
W4
S-5
S-3 B S-4 W1
W5 W5
1247 614 1247 614

1247 614 1247 614

B B
550

550
A STORE A

500 X 150

500 X 200
(1,500 X 1,725) PROJECT PROMOTION &
TOILET MONITORING SECTION PANTRY
KITCHEN PRIVATIZATION DIVISION (2,550 X 1,760)
3000

3000
(2,580 X 1,500) D4 D4
(2,967 X 3,110) PROPOSAL EVALUATION (12,155 X 5,935) WC - MALE
550 589

D5

1078
1089
S-2 D4 S-5 & LICENSE SECTION (4,200 X 2,760)
D5

550 589
DW2 W3 STORE UP D4

6000
PRIVATIZATION

3589
DIVISION

6000
1089 D4

3589
(1,570 X 3,020) DW3
(4,840 X 5,965) D3
B D3 WC - FEMALE
D3 B D3 D4 (4,565 X 2,115) D4
W1

500 X 150

500 X 200
D3
WASH STORE STORE
D3 COUNTER
(1,540 X 1,760) S-1 (4,330 X 2,775) (4,025 X 3,030) D1 S-6
TARRIF
(2,100 X 1,960) V1
D4 D4

1247 614

1247 614
COLLECTION CANTEEN WC - MALE W3
D3 1050 X 400
(7,025 X 9,075)

550

550
COUNTER D8 (4,120 X 2,555) D4
C
6000

6000
(2,115 X 3,720) C D2

200 X 100

200 X 150
3589

OFFIC E

3589
W1 OFFICE D4 D4 V9 V10 TOILET
(3,735 X 5,965) PANTRY STORE

D4 WC - FEMALE FIRE HOSE CABINET

1089 (2,775 X 4,215) (1,500 X 1,420)
D3 D4 (2,066 X 1,420) (2,229 X 1,420)
(5,890 X 2,115) 760WX255DX610H
DN.
NO LIGHT D4
SECTION D2
S-1 (2,115 X 2,135) S-6

6000
1247 614

1247 614
W3 DEPUTY

6000
1050 X 400
PA DIRECTOR GENERAL

4203
550

550

4204
C PRIVATIZATION DIVISION
C W2 (3,000 X 4,465)
(5,965 X 4,465) W2

200 X 100

200 X 150
V6 V7 D2

A
DN. D11 A V11 A
FIRE HOSE CABINET
UP
760WX255DX610H

A
FIRE HOSE CABINET

31778
31778
760WX255DX610H

7325

550
550
D
6000

VOID

6000
D
4204

4192
ARCHIVE / FINANCE
W2 (4,425 X 1,640)
LIFT V12
V2 W2
WELL
A A GENERAL STORE STATIONARY

4203
7325 FINANCIAL

4203
UP (7,140 X 3,640) D4
W2 ADMINISTRATION
D2 W2

6000
FIRE HOSE CABINET SECTION

6000
31778

(3,075 X 5,965)

31778
760WX255DX610H
7325
550

LIFT

550
D D WELL
D2 V13

LIFT

614 1247
IN-CHARGE

614 1247
WELL
PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER (3,000 X 2,215) D2
4204

7325 (6,200 X 18,075) + (2,890 X 10,545) D2

4204
W2 D2 V9

550
550
V9 E
6000

W2 E D2

6000
GENERAL STORE 1050 X 400

(7,140 X 5,965) LIFT W3 W3

WELL
S-12 1089 PA 1089 S-7
(5,690 X 2,850)
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION
614 1247

614 1247

3589
3589
D2 W1 V14 (5,965 X 8,930) W1

6000
6000
ADVISORS MEETING HALL D4
D7 D2
(5,965 X 6,075) (6,000 X 5,890)
550

550
E E
PANTRY
D3 1050 X 400
(1,420 X 2,185)
W3 W3
S-12 S-7

614 1247 614 1247

614 1247 614 1247

1089 VISITORS' ROOM
(3,540 X 6,075)
1090

1050 X 400
ATTENDANCE RECEPTION DIRECTOR GENERAL
3589

3589

589 550

550 589 550

W1 DISPLAY W1
LOBBY F D2 (4,357 X 6,115) F
6000

6000
OF
PROJECTS D4

1089

1089
1050 X 400

W1 D2 TOILET
W3 PRIVATE ROOM W3 W1

3000

3000
(1,500 X 2,135)
ENTRANCE LOBBY S-11 (4,280 X 3,075) S-8

1050 X 400
2377 614 1247 614 1247

2377 614 1247 614 1247

200 X 100

200 X 150
550
589 550

1050 X 400

F D3 G G
550 589 550 F
W2 W2
1089

1089

1050 X 400
3000

S-11 W1 DW1 DW1 W1 S-10 S-9

W3 W3
3000
S-8
1050 X 400
550

G G

S-10 S-9

B
550 589 550 550 550 550 550 589 550 550 589 550 550 B
550 550 589 550
614 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247140115001302 13031500 14011247 614 3589 1247 614 1247 614 614 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 1247 614 3589 1247 614 1247 614
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
31778 31778

5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4

B GROUND FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 795.61 SQ. M.) FIRST FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 793.90 SQ. M.)
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Detail of 075B

Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Multi- Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Saugat Dhakal
Study of Earthquake 075BCE149 Shivam
Pulchowk Campus storey Floor Plans Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Kumar Sah
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Building Saroj Basnet
075BCE156 Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:

Checked By:
2
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

31778
31778
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
614 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 1247 6148391954 1101247 6141836 614 614 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 1247 6148391954 1101247 6141836
550 550 230 550 230
N
589 550 550 457 550 550 550 589 550 550 457 550
B S-4 S-3 B S-4
S-3
1247 614 1247 614

1247 614 1247 614

1247 614 1247 614

W2 W2 W2 W2

1247 614 1247 614

550

550

550
A A A A

550 589550
3000

3000

3000
3000
1089

1089

1089

1089
S-2
550 589

550 589

550 589
W3 S-5 S-2 W3 S-5
W1 W3 W4 W1 W3 W4
B 500 X 200

B B B
500 X 200

600 X 300

600 X 300
500 X 150

500 X 150
500 X 200

500 X 200
PANTRY PANTRY
(2,550 X 1,760) SURVEY & FEASIBILITY STUDY SECTION-I (2,550 X 1,760)
D4 D4 PROJECT STUDIES DIVISION D4 D4
PROJECT OFFICE WC - MALE WC - MALE
(12,265 X 6,075) + (6,265 X 3,000) + (4,880 X 2,935)
(10,880 X 9,075) (4,120 X 2,555) (4,120 X 2,555)
6000

6000
6000

6000
+ (6,265 X 5,965)
D4 D4
1089 1089
3589

3589
3589

3589
D3 D4 D3 D3 D4
WC - FEMALE WC - FEMALE
D4 (5,890 X 2,115) D4 D4 (5,890 X 2,115) D4
W1 W1
STORE

S-1 D1 (2,030 X 3,030)

S-6 S-1 D1 S-6

1247 614
S-4
1247 614

1247 614

1247 614
W3 W3

550
1050 X 400 1050 X 400 500 X 200
550

550

550
C

500 X 200
550 X 500

C C C
D2

250 X 200

250 X 200
200 X 100

200 X 100
V15 V10 V6 D2 V8
FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET
DN. 760WX255DX610H SECRETARY DN. 760WX255DX610H
(5,890 X 2,715)

6000
6000

6000

6000
V16 D11

4203
4203

4203

4203
W2 W2
W2 V2 W2
POWER DEVELOPMENT FUND
A (5,890 X 3060) + (3,075 X 10,545) A A
UP UP

FIRE HOSE CABINET D2 FIRE HOSE CABINET

31778
31778

31778
31778

7325
7325

760WX255DX610H 760WX255DX610H

550
550

550
550

D VOID D D VOID D
D2
LIFT LIFT
WELL WELL
STORE D2
7325 7325

4203
4203

4203
4203

(2,340 X 3,730)
W2 W2

6000
6000

6000
6000

W2 SURVEY & FEASIBILITY STUDY SECTION-II W2

ENVIRONMENT SECTION
PROJECT STUDIES DIVISION
(4,690 X 5,965) LIFT LIFT (6,185 X 18,075) + (2,890 X 10,545)
WELL V9 WELL
D3
V17
D3
614 1247

614 1247
614 1247

614 1247
D2 MEETING HALL STORE D2
(6,075 X 12,075) (3,075 X 2,245)
550

V9 V6

550
550

550
E
D2 E E E
1050 X 400 1050 X 400

W3 STORE STORE W3 W3 W3
S-12 (3,340 X 1,800) (2,850 X 1,800)
S-7 S-12 S-7
D2
1089 D4
1089 1090 1090
PA PA
(5,780 X 2,850) (5,780 X 2,850)
D4

3589

3589

3589
3589

W1 W1 W1 V16 W1

6000

6000

6000
V14
6000

D4 D2 D4
ELECTRICITY INSPECTION D2 PLANNING SECTION
SECTION PROJECT STUDIES DIVISION
INSPECTION DIVISION PROJECT INSPECTION (6,185 X 9,075) + (5,890 X 7825) + (7,140 X 3,690)
PANTRY PANTRY
(5,890 X 4,165) SECTION
(1,310 X 2,185) (1,310 X 2,185)
INSPECTION DIVISION
(6,075 X 7,165)
614 1247 614 1247

614 1247 614 1247

614 1247 614 1247
DEPUTY

614 1247 614 1247

DEPUTY
1050 X 400

1050 X 400
DIRECTOR GENERAL
DIRECTOR GENERAL

590 550
INSPECTION DIVISION
F (4,355 X 6,115) F F 450 X 200 PROJECT STUDIES DIVISION F
D4 (4,355 X 6,115) D4
1089

1089
1089
450 X 200
550589 550

550589 550
1089

1050 X 400 1050 X 400

W1 W1 W1 W1

550589 550
W3 TOILET W3 W3 W3
3000

3000
3000
TOILET
S-11 (1,500 X 2,135) S-8 S-11 (1,500 X 2,135) S-8

3000
1050 X 400

1050 X 400
200 X 100

200 X 150

250 X 200

550
G G 450 X 200 G
W2 W2 450 X 200

W2 W2
S-10 S-9 S-10 S-9

200 X 100
550 B B
589 550 550 550 589 550 550 589 550 550 550 589 550
614 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 2411 3589 1247 614 1247 614 614 1246 614 1246 3589 614 1246 4204 550 4204 2411 3589 1246 614 1246 614
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
31778 31789
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SECOND FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 793.90 SQ. M.) THIRD FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 793.90 SQ. M.) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Building Shivam Kumar Sah

Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
075BCE156 Uttam

Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Floor Plans Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147

Dahal 075

Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148

Detail of Multi-storey Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
 Project Supervisor
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Scale: Fit to scale
Sheet No:

3
Checked By:
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
34789
34778
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
1507618 1247 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 1247 614 839 19544571247 6141836 614 1500
550 590 550 550
B
550 230 110 550 550
N 1500614 1247 614 1247
550 589 550
4203 550 5450

B
550 5450
550
1452 1954 1101247 614 1836 6141500
230 457 550 550
W6 W6
1247 614 1247 6181496

614 1247 6181496

1500

1500
S-3
S-4 S-3
550

550
A A

3000

3000
TERRACE
3000

3000
550 590

550 590
1090

1089
S-2 S-5 S-2 S-5
W3
W4

614
W3 W4

1247 614
W1 W1 W2 DW4
750 X 250 950 X 250

550
550
B 500 X 200
B B 500 X 200
B
850 X 200

750 X 300

850 X 200

750 X 300
500 X 150

500 X 150
500 X 200

PANTRY PANTRY
(2,550 X 1,760) D4 D4 (2,550 X 1,760) D4 D4
WC - MALE WC - MALE
PROJECT OFFICE
(4,120 X 2,555) (4,120 X 2,555)
(10,390 X 11,145) + (6,000 X 5,965) PROJECT OFFICE-II
6000

6000

6000
D4 (3,915 X 6,075) D4
1089 1089

6000
3589

3590
D3 D4 D3 D4
WC - FEMALE PROJECT OFFICE-I WC - FEMALE
D4 (12,075 X 5,965)
(5,890 X 2,115) D4 D4 (5,890 X 2,115) D4
W1 W1

S-1
D1 S-6 S-1 S-4 D1 S-6
1247 614

8MM THK. CALCIUM SILICATE BOARD

S-4

124755601
50 MM THK. EXTRUDED POLYSTYERENE FOAM

1246 614
1246 614
W3 W3
550

500 X 200 550 X 200

8MM THK. CALCIUM SILICATE BOARD
1050 X 400 1050 X 400

500 X 200

550
550
550 X 500 550 X 550

C C C

350 X 200
350 X 200

200 X 100
200 X 100
V9 D2 V18 V9 D2 D2 V8
TOILET
FIRE HOSE CABINET (2,229 X 1,420) FIRE HOSE CABINET
DN. 760WX255DX610H DN. 760WX255DX610H

4
D6
D2 COMMISSIONER-I
REGULATORY

6000
6000

6000
6000
COMMISSION
V16 PROJECT OFFICE-III

4203
4204

PA

4204
(7,280 X 4,465)

4204
(3,000 X 6,000) W6 (6,075 X 5,890)
W2 W6 VOID VOID DW4
A V11
A A A
UP

FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET

D2
34778

34778

34778
34778
760WX255DX610H 760WX255DX610H
550

7325

7325
550

550

550
D VOID D D TERRACE D
550 X 200
550 X 200

D2
LIFT
WELL COMMISSIONER-II
STORE
REGULATORY
4203

COMMISSIONER-V V19 (4,140 X 3,090) DW4

TERRACE
7325

4204
W6 REGULATORY 7325 COMMISSION
W6
VOID VOID
6000

(7,280 X 3,720)

6000
COMMISSION

5450
6000
6000
5450
(8,450 X 3,750) DW4
LIFT D3
WELL MULTI-MEDIA
D3 V21
D6 D2 CENTER
D2 D6 (3,130 X 2,575)
614 1246

614 1247
TOILET
PA PA TOILET
(2,135 X 1,500)
550

(3,470 X 1,950) (3,565 X 1,950) (2,040 X 1,415) PROJECT OFFICE-IV

V9 V22 D9
E D2

550

550
(6,075 X 12,075)

550
E E E
PA 1050 X 400 D11
W3 (2,700 X 1,950) TOILET W3
S-12 (1,500 X 1,915) S-7 S-12 S-7
1090 V14 1089

4204

4204
D2

3589
3589

D6

6000
W1 W1 W1 W1
6000

V20

6000

6000
ELECTRIC TARRIF FIXING COMISSION AUDITORIUM
ADMINISTRATION COMMISSIONER-III
(11,965 X 5,955)
(6,000 X 6,075) + (5,890 X 10,391) D2 REGULATORY
COMMISSION
(5,830 X 4,050)
PA

614 1247
614 1246
1496618 1247 614 1247

(2,060 X 3,565)
1050 X 400

1050 X 400
2414614 1247
589 550

550
550
550 590 550

550 X 200

550 X 200
F
450 X 200 F F F
COMMISSIONER-IV
1090

1089

450 X 350 1050 X 400 450 X 350 1050 X 400

3000

3000
W1 REGULATORY W1
S-11 W3 TOILET W1 W2 W1
COMMISSION D6 W3 DW4
(3,830 X 7,390)
(1,500 X 2,135) S-8 S-11 S-8

3000

3000
1050 X 400

200 X 100

250 X 200

G 450 X 200
G TERRACE
800 X 200

1500

1500
1496

S-10 S-9 S-10 S-9

W6 W6

B B
550 590 550 550 550 550 589 550 550 550
1496618 1246 614 1247 3589 614 1247 4203 550 4203 1247 614 3589 1247 614 1247 6181496 1500 3000 614 1247 4204 550 5450 550 5450 550 4204 1246 614 3000 1500
3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000
34778 34778
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FOURTH FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 849.15 SQ. M.) TOP FLOOR PLAN (AREA: 653.66 SQ. M.) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Building 075BCE148

Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Saugat Dhakal
Study of Earthquake 075BCE149 Shivam
Pulchowk Campus Floor Plans Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Kumar Sah
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE156 Uttam
Detail of Multi-storey
Dahal 075BCE189
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:

Checked By:
4
 1500 3614 24975

1500

1500
N

3189
3614
R2400 R2400

TERRACE

5811
5386

2410
7289
29350

27375
16753
11875

R2400 R2400
3614

3614
1500

1500
1500
3614 24550 3614 1500

ROOF PLAN
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Floor Plans Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Detail of Multi-storey
Building
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
Checked By:
5
 SOUTH ELEVAION

NORTH ELEVAION

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Building's Elevation Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and

6
Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Detail of Multi-storey Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Checked By:
Building Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 - 1200 GL. LVL.

WEST ELEVAION EAST ELEVAION

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Building's Elevation Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and

7
Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Detail of Multi-storey Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Checked By:
Building Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 + 33823 RIDGE LVL.

4759
+ 29736 PARAPET LVL.
+ 28873 PLATFORM LVL.
D D

C C

6679
+ 22604 PARAPET LVL.
750 1065150 2715 600 2715 600 2715 600 900 1065 900 1050 1865 1595

+ 20790 ROOF LVL.

34651595
550

+ 19846 LINTEL LVL.

+ 18364 PARAPET LVL.
+ 17325 TOP FLOOR LVL.
150 600

+ 16381 LINTEL LVL.

35023

3465
600

+ 14010 SILL LVL.

+ 13860 FOURTH FLOOR LVL.
150 750

+ 12916 LINTEL LVL.

3465
+ 10545 SILL LVL.
23585

+ 10395 THIRD FLOOR LVL.

+ 9451 LINTEL LVL.
150

3465
+ 7069 SILL LVL.
+ 6930 SECOND FLOOR LVL.
+ 5986 LINTEL LVL.

3465
150

+ 3615 SILL LVL.

+ 3465 FIRST FLOOR LVL.
+ 2965 LINTEL LVL.

3465
150 600

± 0 PLINTH LVL.
450

- 1200 GROUND LVL.

3465
- 3465 FIRST BASEMENT LVL.

3465
- 6930 SECOND BASEMENT LVL.

SECTION AT A-A SECTION AT B-B

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Vertical Sections of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Building Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Detail of Multi-storey
Building
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
Checked By:
8
 Y Y

1 2 2' 3 3' 4 4' 5 5' 6 7 1 2 2' 3 3' 4 4' 5 5' 6 7

30000 30000

3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

A A
3000

3000
450
B B
3000

3000
B' B'

3000
3000

336
C C
560

224
3000

3000

672
C' C'
335

672
224
3000

3000
560 335
336
D D
3000

3000
30000

30000
D' D'
3000

3000
X X X X
E E

3000
3000

450
750 750 750 750
E'
450
750 750

E'
3000

900 900

3000
300 450

900
450
F F
750 750

450 450

900
12 mm bars Ø 12 mm bars Ø
12 mm Ø bars
3000

@ 300mm c/c @ 600mm c/c

3000
@ 300mm c/c 12 mm bars Ø
@ 300mm c/c
G G

300
450

12 mm bars Ø 12 mm bars @
@ 600mm c/c 300mm c/c

Y Y

SECOND FLOOR BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT PLAN SECOND FLOOR TOP REINFORCEMENT PLAN
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Building Saugat Dhakal

Group Members: 075BCE149 Shivam
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 Kumar Sah
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake 2nd Floor Top and Bottom Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 075BCE156 Uttam
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Reinforcement Plans of Saroj Basnet Dahal 075
Design of Multi-storey Slab 075BCE148
 Project Supervisor
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Scale: Fit to scale

Sheet No:

9
Checked By:
 1 2 2' 3 3' 4 4' 5 5' 6 7
900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900

@ 600mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 600mm c/c
@ 300mm c/c
300 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 300

@ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c
140

450 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 450

3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

30000

SECTION ALONG X-X

G F E' E C B' B A
900 900 900 900 900 672 672 900 900 900 900 900

@ 600mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 600mm c/c

300 450 450 450 450 450 336 224 224 336 450 450 450 450 450 300

@ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c @ 300mm c/c

140

750 750 750 750 750 560 335 335 560 750 750 750 750 750
450
3000 3000 3000 2237.5 2237.5 3000 3000 3000

11237.5 11237.5

SECTION ALONG Y-Y

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Slab Sections Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Pulchowk Campus

10
Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Resistant Analysis and
Department of Civil Engineering Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 30000

3000 6000 6000 6050 2950 3000 3000

3B1S1 3B1S2

A
W3

3B2S6

3B6S3

3B2S6

3000
3B3S1
3B3S2 3B3S3 3B3S4

B
3000
3B13S1

3B13S1
3B7S1

3B14S1
3B4S1

3B2S5

3B6S2

3B2S5

3B3S4

C
3000
3B2S1
3B2S2 3B2S3 3B2S4 3B2S5 3B2S6

D
3B6S1
W2
3B9S1 3B11S1

3B16S1 3B13S1

3B2S4
3B1S2

3B2S4

3B3S3

3B1S2

6000
3B11S1

3B9S1
3B5S1
3B5S2 3B5S3 3B5S4 3B6S1 3B6S2 3B6S3

30000
3B7S1

W4

E
F7
F1

3B11S1
3B9S1
F5

F2

3B2S3F6
3B15S1 3B16S1 3B13S1

3B2S3

3B3S2

3B1S1
3B1S1

3B1S2

6000
3B10S1

F3 F4

3B5S4
W6
3B2S1 3B2S2 3B2S3 3B2S4 3B2S5 3B2S6
3B12S1

F
3B5S3

3000
3B7S1
3B1S1

3B2S2

3B2S2

3B3S1

G
3B13S1

3B13S1
3B5S2

3000
3B3S1
3B3S2 3B3S3 3B3S4 W5

H
3B2S1

3B5S1

3B2S1

3000
3B1S1 3B1S2

I
3

8
1

5
2

6
4

CONCRETE BEAM LAYOUT PLAN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Group Members: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Pulchowk Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 Uttam Dahal
Asst.Prof.Sun
Campus Study of Earthquake Concrete Beam Layout Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147
Saroj Basnet 075BCE148 075BCE189
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey ita Ghimire
Shivam Shah 075BCE156
Building
Checked By:
Sheet No:

11
 E' D
G F E C'
C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A

D
B

C
2-25Ø+20Ø2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø
(EL. 0.000 m)

2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF GROUND FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF GROUND FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and Beam along 5-5 of Ground Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering
Design of Multi-storey
Building
Floor Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
12
 E' D C'
G F E C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A

D
B

C
2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø
(EL. 3.465 m)

2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm

10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF FIRST FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF FIRST FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and Beam along 5-5 of First Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering
Design of Multi-storey
Building
Floor Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
13
 E' D C'
G F E C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A

D
B

C
2-25Ø+20Ø2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø
(EL. 6.930 m)

2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm

10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF SECOND FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF SECOND FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and Beam along 5-5 of Second Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering
Design of Multi-storey
Building
Floor Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
14
 E' C'
D
G F E C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A

D
B

C
2-25Ø+20Ø2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø
(EL. 10.395 m)

2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF THIRD FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF THIRD FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and Beam along 5-5 of Third Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering
Design of Multi-storey
Building
Floor Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
15
 E' D C'
G F E
C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A
B C D
(EL. 13.860 m) 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF FOURTH FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø
2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF FOURTH FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and Beam along 5-5 of Fourth Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering
Design of Multi-storey
Building
Floor Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
16
 E' D C'
G F E
C B A
30000
3000 3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
A
B C D
(EL. 17.325 m) 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

1520 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 420
860 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 2720 540 1060 600 1080 540 1300 420

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm 10Ø@100 mm10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@125 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF TOP FLOOR

5 5 5
5

2-25Ø
2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø
550 mm

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@150 mm
10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@150 mm

2-25Ø+20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+20Ø

2-25Ø
350 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

7CB10:SECTION A 7CB10:SECTION B 7CB10:SECTION C 7CB10:SECTION D

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 5-5 OF TOP FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Building Saugat Dhakal

Project Title: Group Members: 075BCE149 Shivam
Institute of Engineering Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 Kumar Sah
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 075BCE156 Uttam
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and of Beam along 5-5 of Top Saroj Basnet Dahal 075
Design of Multi-storey Floor
075BCE148
 Project Supervisor
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Scale: Fit to scale

Sheet No:

17
Checked By:
 E' C'
F E D C B

3000 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000

1005 1005
A
B C

(EL. 20.790 m) 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø+2-20Ø

10Ø@100 mm
10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10Ø@100 mm 10@200 mm 10Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF BEAM ALONG 2-2 OF ROOF FLOOR

2 2 2

2-25Ø+2-20Ø
2-25Ø 2-25Ø

550 mm

550 mm
550 mm

10Ø@100 mm
10Ø@250 mm 10Ø@200 mm

2-25Ø 2-25Ø 2-25Ø

350 mm
350 mm 350 mm

8CB1:SECTION A 8CB1:SECTION B 8CB1:SECTION C

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF BEAM ALONG 2-2 OF ROOF FLOOR

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Design of Multi-storey 075BCE148

Project Title: Group Members: Saugat Dhakal
Institute of Engineering Building Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 075BCE149 Shivam
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Kumar Sah
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and of Beam along 2-2 of Roof Saroj Basnet 075BCE156 Uttam
Floor Dahal 075
 Project Supervisor
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Scale: Fit to scale

Sheet No:

18
Checked By:
 E' D C'
F E C B
24000
3000 m 3000 6000 6000 3000 3000

C
(EL. 6.930 m) 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø

2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø

3100 560 1140 340 1700 2820 560 1140 360 1700
320 1420 2820 560 1140 360 1700 3100 560 860 320
8Ø@100 mm
8Ø@120 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@120 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@120 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@100 mm 8Ø@120 mm 8Ø@100 mm

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF SECONDARY BEAM ALONG 5'-5' OF SECOND FLOOR

5' 5' 5'

2-20Ø
2-20Ø 2-20Ø

300 mm

300 mm
300 mm

8Ø@100 mm
8Ø@120 mm 8Ø@100 mm

2-20Ø 2-20Ø 2-20Ø

200 mm
200 mm 200 mm

4CB19:SECTION A 4CB19:SECTION B 4CB19:SECTION C

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING OF CROSS SECTION OF SECONDARY BEAM ALONG 5'-5' OF SECOND FLOOR

Building 075BCE148
Tribhuwan University Saugat Dhakal
Project Title: Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146 075BCE149 Shivam
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and of Secondary Beam along Saroj Basnet Uttam Dahal
Design of Multi-storey 5'-5' of Second Floor 075BCE189
 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Project Supervisor
Scale: Fit to scale
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Sheet No:
Checked By:
19
 Ground Floor Second Floor Fourth Floor

135°
8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ
@100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c
Ø
B 650 B 650
>=Ld(700)

8Ø(>=75mm)

CLEAR COVER 40 FROM MAIN

8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ REINFORCEMENT BAR
650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c
12-20mmΦ SEISMIC HOOK DETAIL
First Floor Third Floor Top Floor
Upper Basement 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ r=4Ø
r=INTERNAL RADIUS
Ld=700 1615 1615 1615
OF THE BEND(mm)
8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ
@150mm c/c @150mm c/c @150mm c/c @150mm c/c r Ø

8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ

650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c
INTERNAL RADIUS OF BEND

600
8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ
@100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c
650 650 650 650 LATERAL TIES

12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ

600
A A
OLWMERBANST

1615
8mmΦ LONGITUDINAL BARS
@150mm c/c

Lower Basement Ground Floor Second Floor Fourth Floor ARRANGEMENT OF TIE BARS
8mmΦ

@100mm c/c 600

650 600
8mmØ@100mm c/c
8mmØ@150mm c/c LATERAL TIES
LATERAL TIES
600
CORNER COLUMN
600
8mmØ 8mmØ 8mmØ
12-20mmØ LATERAL TIES LATERAL TIES LATERAL TIES
12-20mmØ LONGITUDINAL BARS
LONGITUDINAL BARS
SECTION AT B-B DETAILING OF TIE BARS
SECTION AT A-A (FOR ALL ABOVE UPPER BASEMENT)
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Tribhuwan University Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:

20
Resistant Analysis and Column Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Pulchowk Campus
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey Checked By:
Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 600
Ground Floor Second Floor Fourth Floor
LATERAL TIES
8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ
@100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c 600
C 650 C 650 650 >=Ld(820)

LONGITUDINAL BARS

4-25mmΦ+8-20mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ ARRANGEMENT OF TIE BARS

650 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c
B B

First Floor Third Floor Top Floor

Upper Basement 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ

Ld=820 1615 1615 1615

8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ

@150mm c/c @150mm c/c @150mm c/c @150mm c/c

8mmØ
LATERAL TIES
8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ
650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c 650 @100mm c/c

8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ 8mmΦ

@100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c @100mm c/c
650 650 650 650

12-25mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ 12-20mmΦ

8mmØ
A A LATERAL TIES
OLWMERBANST

1615
8mmΦ 8mmΦ
@150mm c/c @150mm c/c

Lower Basement Ground Floor Second Floor Fourth Floor

8mmΦ

@100mm c/c 600 600 600

650

8mmØ@100mm c/c 8mmØ

8mmØ@150mm c/c 8mmØ@150mm c/c
LATERAL TIES LATERAL TIES
LATERAL TIES LATERAL TIES
600 600 600
INTERIOR COLUMN DETAILING OF TIE BARS
4-25mmØ AT CORNERS + 12-25mmØ
12-25mmØ OTHERS 8-20mm Ø LONGITUDINAL BARS
LONGITUDINAL BARS LONGITUDINAL BARS
SECTION AT C-C
SECTION AT A-A SECTION AT B-B (FOR ALL ABOVE UPPER BASEMENT)
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Tribhuwan University Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Institute of Engineering

21
Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and Column
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 12-25mmΦ
>=Ld
8mmΦ
@100mm c/c
lo=650 10mmΦ @100mm c/c
1005
10mmΦ @200mm c/c

28-12mmΦ
lo=650 8mmΦ
@100mm c/c

8mmΦ 8mmΦ
lo=650 @100mm c/c
@100mm c/c
20mmΦ
DETAILING OF BEAM-COLUMN JOINT AT
12-25mmΦ
THE TOP (CORNER)
Ld=820
8mmΦ
DETAILING OF BEAM-COLUMN JOINT
@150mm c/c

8mmΦ
>=Ld DETAILING OF SPLICING IN COLUMN @100mm c/c
lo=650
(MAXIMUM OF 50% OF BAR SHOULD BE SPLICED)
28-12mmΦ

8mmΦ
lo=650 @100mm c/c
lo=650

DETAILING OF BEAM-COLUMN JOINT AT DETAILING OF BEAM-COLUMN JOINT AT

THE TOP (INTERIOR ) THE ENDS ( CORNER)
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing in Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:

22
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and Column Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey Checked By:
Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 Ln1 Ln2 LnN
0.25LnN 0.3Ln1 or 0.3Ln2 (Larger) 0.3Ln1 or 0.3Ln2 (Larger) 0.3Ln2 or 0.3LnN (Larger) 0.3Ln2 or 0.3LnN (Larger) 0.25LnN
0.2Ln1 0.2Ln1 or 0.2Ln2 (Larger) 0.2Ln1 or 0.2Ln2 (Larger)
BEAM HEIGHT
0.2Ln2 or 0.2LnN (Larger) 0.2Ln2 or 0.2LnN (Larger) BEAM HEIGHT
0.2LnN
BEAM HEIGHT
d

d
D

D
2d 2d 2d 2d

TYPICAL BEAM REINFORCEMENT DETAILING

Ld 135°
60°

BENT UP HANGER TYPE BARS 8Ø

Tribhuwan University Group Members:

Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Typical Beam Elevation Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Sheet No:
Resistant Analysis and and Reinforcement Detail Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey
Building
Saugat Dhakal
Shivam Kumar Sah
Uttam Dahal
075BCE149
075BCE156
075BCE189
Checked By:
23
 1 2 3 4 5 5' 6 7

A CC16 CC13 CC16

3000
B CC2 CC3 CC3 CC3 CC2

3000
C'

3000
C CC5 CC3 CC6 CC6 CC7 CC3 CC15

6000

30000
D CC5 CC2 CC11 CC12 CC3 CC13

6000
E CC13 CC3 CC8 CC9 CC10 CC3 CC14

3000
E'

3000
F CC2 CC3 CC3 CC4 CC1

3000
G CC13 CC13 CC13

3000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000

30000
CONCRETE COLUMN LAYOUT-LOWER BASEMENT (EL.-6930MM) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Concrete Columns Layout Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Pulchowk Campus

24
Resistant Analysis and Plan Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Department of Civil Engineering Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
800

800
A A
3000

3000
B

X
B

X
6000

6000
C C

25mm Ø @100mm c/c

25mm Ø @100mm c/c
6000

6000
D D
6000

6000
E E

25mm Ø @100mm c/c

25mm Ø @100mm c/c

6000
6000

F F
3000

3000
G G
800

800
800 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 800 800 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 800

TOP REINFORCEMENT (REGULAR)

BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT (REGULAR)

MAT FOUNDATION ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University Building 075BCE148

Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Saugat Dhakal
075BCE149 Shivam
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147
Kumar Sah
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet
of Foundation 075BCE156 Uttam
Design of Multi-storey Dahal 075
 Project Supervisor
Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Scale: Fit to scale

Sheet No:

25
Checked By:
 25mm Ø 25mm Ø
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
@100mm c/c @100mm c/c
2-25mm Ø
1500

25mm Ø @ 25mm Ø
100mm c/c @100mm c/c
31600

SECTION AT X-X

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147
Pulchowk Campus

26
Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Foundation
Department of Civil Engineering Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 25mm Ø @250mm

32mm Ø
@100mm
25mm Ø
X X @250mm 32mm Ø
@100mm

ADDITIONAL TOP REBAR (BELOW COLUMN/SHEAR WALL)

25mm Ø 25mm Ø
25mm Ø
@100mm @150mm
@100mm

25mm Ø @150mm
X X
SECTION AT X-X

ADDITIONAL BOTTOM REBAR (BELOW COLUMN/SHEAR WALL)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Tribhuwan University Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Institute of Engineering Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Study of Earthquake Additional Reinforcement Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147
Pulchowk Campus

27
Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Detailing on Mat
Department of Civil Engineering Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey Foundation below Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Column/Shear Wall Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 D X C

1 3
Y 1 Y

3000
1120
560 3727

2
10 mm bars @ 225mm c/c

1120
8 mm bars @ 250mm c/c
150

550
150
200
2250 900 2250 350

SECTION AT X-X
6000

STAIRCASE PLAN
8 mm bars 10 mm bars @
@250mm c/c 225mm c/c

SECTION AT Y-Y
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Tribhuwan University
Group Members:
Institute of Engineering Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Pulchowk Campus Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:
Department of Civil Engineering Resistant Analysis and Staircase Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
28
 225

10mm Ø @300mm c/c

10mm Ø @255mm c/c

A 16mm Ø @85mm c/c

10mm Ø @130mm c/c

A 16mm Ø @190mm c/c COLUMN

COLUMN

1500
(600X600) (600X600)

PLAN

VERTICAL SECTION AT A-A

BASEMENT RETAINING WALL DETAILING

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Project Title: Sheet Title: Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Tribhuwan University Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Reinforcement Detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Sheet No:

29
Resistant Analysis and Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Pulchowk Campus Basement Retaining Wall
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189
 32 mm Ø bars at 120 mm C/C

20 mm Ø bars at 100 mm C/C

20 mm Ø bars at 100 mm C/C
32 mm Ø bars at 120 mm C/C
A A 14-36 mm Ø bars
10 mm Ø bars at 100 mm C/C
14-36 mm Ø bars 10 mm Ø bars at 100 mm C/C
B B
32 mm Ø bars at 150 mm C/C
8 mm Ø bars at 100 mm C/C
16 mm Ø bars at 150 mm C/C
8-36 mm Ø bars

REINFORCEMENT DETAILING PLAN SECTION AT A-A SECTION AT B-B

LIFT SHEAR WALL

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

Group Members:
Project Title: Sheet Title: Project Supervisor Scale: Fit to scale
Tribhuwan University Santosh Pokharel 075BCE146
Institute of Engineering Study of Earthquake Reinforcement detailing of Saraswati Bhandari 075BCE147 Asst.Prof.Sunita Ghimire Sheet No:

30
Pulchowk Campus Resistant Analysis and Lift Shear Wall Saroj Basnet 075BCE148
Saugat Dhakal 075BCE149
Department of Civil Engineering Design of Multi-storey Shivam Kumar Sah 075BCE156 Checked By:
Building Uttam Dahal 075BCE189